Modulators of toll-like receptors

ABSTRACT

Provided are modulators of TLRs of Formula II: 
                         
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, compositions containing such compounds, and therapeutic methods that include the administration of such compounds.

This application is a division of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/632,194,filed Dec. 7, 2009, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) ofU.S. provisional applications 61/121,061 filed Dec. 9, 2008, 61/170,404filed Apr. 17, 2009, 61/224,386 filed Jul. 9, 2009, 61/227,378 filedJul. 21, 2009 and 61/242,635 filed Sep. 15, 2009; all of which areherein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This application relates generally to pteridinone andpyrimidinodiazepinone derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions whichselectively modulate toll-like receptors (such as TLR7), and methods ofmaking and using such compounds.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The innate immune system provides the body with a first line defenseagainst invading pathogens. In an innate immune response, an invadingpathogen is recognized by a germline-encoded receptor, the activation ofwhich initiates a signaling cascade that leads to the induction ofcytokine expression. Innate immune system receptors have broadspecificity, recognizing molecular structures that are highly conservedamong different pathogens. One family of these receptors is known asToll-like receptors (TLRs), due to their homology with receptors thatwere first identified and named in Drosophila, and are present in cellssuch as macrophages, dendritic cells, and epithelial cells.

There are at least ten different TLRs in mammals. Ligands andcorresponding signaling cascades have been identified for some of thesereceptors. For example, TLR2 is activated by the lipoprotein of bacteria(e.g., E. coli), TLR3 is activated by double-stranded RNA, TLR4 isactivated by lipopolysaccharide (i.e., LPS or endotoxin) ofGram-negative bacteria (e.g., Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7), TLR5 isactivated by flagellin of motile bacteria (e.g., Listeria), TLR7recognizes and responds to imiquimod and TLR9 is activated byunmethylated CpG sequences of pathogen DNA. The stimulation of each ofthese receptors leads to activation of the transcription factor NF-κB,and other signaling molecules that are involved in regulating theexpression of cytokine genes, including those encoding tumor necrosisfactor-alpha (TNF-α), interleukin-1 (IL-1), and certain chemokines.Agonists of TLR-7 are immunostimulants and induce the production ofendogenous interferon-α in vivo.

There are a number of diseases, disorders, and conditions linked to TLRssuch that therapies using a TLR agonist are believed promising,including but not limited to melanoma, non-small cell lung carcinoma,hepatocellular carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma,myeloma, allergic rhinitis, asthma, COPD, ulcerative colitis, hepaticfibrosis, and viral infections such as HBV, Flaviviridae viruses, HCV,HPV, RSV, SARS, HIV, or influenza.

The treatment of Flaviviridae virus infections with TLR agonists isparticularly promising. Viruses of the Flaviviridae family comprise atleast three distinguishable genera including pestiviruses, flaviviruses,and hepaciviruses (Calisher, et al., J. Gen. Virol., 1993, 70, 37-43).While pestiviruses cause many economically important animal diseasessuch as bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV), classical swine fever virus(CSFV, hog cholera) and border disease of sheep (BDV), their importancein human disease is less well characterized (Moennig, V., et al., Adv.Vir. Res. 1992, 48, 53-98). Flaviviruses are responsible for importanthuman diseases such as dengue fever and yellow fever while hepacivirusescause hepatitis C virus infections in humans. Other important viralinfections caused by the Flaviviridae family include West Nile virus(WNV) Janpanese encephalitis virus (JEV), tick-borne encephalitis virus,Junjin virus, Murray Valley encephalitis, St Louis enchaplitis, Omskhemorrhagic fever virus and Zika virus. Combined, infections from theFlaviviridae virus family cause significant mortality, morbidity andeconomic losses throughout the world. Therefore, there is a need todevelop effective treatments for Flaviviridae virus infections.

The hepatitis C virus (HCV) is the leading cause of chronic liverdisease worldwide (Boyer, N. et al. J Hepatol. 32:98-112, 2000) so asignificant focus of current antiviral research is directed toward thedevelopment of improved methods of treatment of chronic HCV infectionsin humans (Di Besceglie, A. M. and Bacon, B. R., Scientific American,October: 80-85, (1999); Gordon, C. P., et al., J. Med. Chem. 2005, 48,1-20; Maradpour, D.; et al., Nat. Rev. Micro. 2007, 5(6), 453-463). Anumber of HCV treatments are reviewed by Bymock et al. in AntiviralChemistry & Chemotherapy, 11:2; 79-95 (2000). Currently, there areprimarily two antiviral compounds, ribavirin, a nucleoside analog, andinterferon-alpha (α) (IFN), that are used for the treatment of chronicHCV infections in humans. Ribavirin alone is not effective in reducingviral RNA levels, has significant toxicity, and is known to induceanemia. The combination of IFN and ribavirin has been reported to beeffective in the management of chronic hepatitis C (Scott, L. J., et al.Drugs 2002, 62, 507-556) but less than half the patients given thistreatment show a persistent benefit.

HCV is recognized by innate virus-sensing mechanisms that induce a rapidIFN response (Dustin, et al., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 2007, 25, 71-99). Itis likely that the sources of the IFN are, at least, the infectedhepatocytes and particularly the plasmacytoid dendritic cells (pDC) thathighly express TLR 7 receptors and secrete high amounts of IFN.Horsmans, et al. (Hepatology, 2005, 42, 724-731), demonstrated that aonce daily 7-day treatment with the TLR δ agonist isatoribine reducesplasma virus concentrations in HCV infected patients. Lee, et al. (Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2006, 103, 1828-1833), demonstrated that TLR 7stimulation can induce HCV immunity by both an IFN and IFN-independentmechanisms. These workers also revealed that TLR 7 is expressed innormal as well as HCV infected hepatocytes. These combined resultssupport the conclusion that stimulation of TLR 7 receptors, such asthrough the administration of a TLR 7 agonist, is a viable mechanism foreffectively treating natural HCV infections. Given the need for moreeffective treatments for HCV infections, there is a need to develop safeand therapeutically effective TLR 7 agonists.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Provided is a compound of Formula II:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein:

-   -   Y—Z is —CR⁴R⁵—, —CR⁴R⁵—CR⁴R⁵—, —C(O)CR⁴R⁵—, —CR⁴R⁵C(O)—,        —NR⁸C(O)—, —C(O)NR⁸—, —CR⁴R⁵S(O)₂—, or —CR⁵═CR⁵—;    -   L¹ is —NR⁸—, —O—, —S—, —N(R⁸)C(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,        —C(O)N(R⁸)—, —N(R⁸)S(O)₂—, —S(O)₂N(R⁸)— or a covalent bond;    -   R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted        alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted        heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,        carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl,        substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted        heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,        heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl,        carbocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted carbocyclylheteroalkyl,        heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted heterocyclylheteroalkyl,        arylheteroalkyl, substituted arylheteroalkyl,        heteroarylheteroalkyl, or substituted heteroarylheteroalkyl;    -   X¹ is alkylene, substituted alkylene, heteroalkylene,        substituted heteroalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene,        alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, carbocyclylene, substituted        carbocyclylene, heterocyclylene, substituted heterocyclylene,        —NR⁸—, —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)—, S(O)₂—, or a bond;    -   D is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or        substituted heterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl, substituted        carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl is        substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷; or    -   D is a heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or        substituted heteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl, substituted        heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl comprises one        to four nitrogen atoms;    -   each L² is independently alkylene, substituted alkylene,        heteroalkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, or a covalent bond;    -   each R³ is independently halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl,        substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, substituted        heteroalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, —CHO, —C(O)OR⁸,        —S(O)R⁸, —S(O)₂R⁸; —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —N(R⁹)C(O)R⁸, carbocyclyl,        substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,        substituted alkynyl, —S(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —N(R⁹)S(O)₂R⁸,        —N(R⁹)S(O)₂OR¹⁰, —OS(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;    -   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,        haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl,        substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl,        substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted        heteroarylalkyl, carbocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylheteroalkyl, heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        heterocyclylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, substituted        arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, or substituted        heteroarylheteroalkyl, cyano, azido, OR⁸, —C(O)H, —C(O)R⁸,        —S(O)R⁸, —S(O)₂R⁸, —C(O)OR⁸, or —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰; or    -   R⁴ and R⁵, taken together with the carbon to which they are both        attached, form a carbocycle, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle        or substituted heterocycle; or    -   R⁴ and R⁵, when on the same carbon atom, taken together with the        carbon to which they are attached are —C(O)— or —C(NR⁸)—; or    -   two R⁴ or two R⁵ on adjacent carbon atoms when taken together        with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3 to 6        membered carbocycle, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle or        substituted heterocycle;    -   R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,        alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,        haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl,        substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl,        substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted        heteroarylalkyl, carbocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylheteroalkyl, heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        heterocyclylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, substituted        arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, or substituted        heteroarylheteroalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R⁸, —S(O)R⁸, —S(O)₂R⁸,        —C(O)OR⁸, or —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, S(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰; or    -   R⁶ and R⁷, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,        which may contain one or more additional heteroatoms selected        from N, O, P, or S; or    -   R⁷ taken together with L², and the N to which they are both        attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered        heterocycle which may contain one or more additional heteroatoms        selected from N, O, S, or P;    -   R⁸ is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl,        substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl,        substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,        carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl,        substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted        heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,        heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl,        carbocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted carbocyclylheteroalkyl,        heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted heterocyclylheteroalkyl,        arylheteroalkyl, substituted arylheteroalkyl,        heteroarylheteroalkyl, or substituted heteroarylheteroalkyl; and    -   R⁹ and R¹⁰ are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,        alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,        haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl,        substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl,        substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted        heteroarylalkyl, carbocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        carbocyclylheteroalkyl, heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        heterocyclylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, substituted        arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, or substituted        heteroarylheteroalkyl; or    -   R⁹ and R¹⁰, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;    -   wherein each substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted        alkynyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted carbocyclyl,        substituted carbocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclyl,        substituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,        substituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylheteroalkyl,        substituted heterocyclylheteroalkyl, substituted        arylheteroalkyl, substituted heteroarylheteroalkyl, substituted        alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted alkenylene,        substituted alkynylene, substituted carbocyclylene, or        substituted heterocyclylene is independently substituted with        one to four substituents selected from the group consisting of        -halogen, —R, —O⁻, ═O, —OR, —SR, —S⁻, —NR₂, —N(+)R₃, ═NR,        —C(halogen)₃, —CR(halogen)₂, —CR₂(halogen), —CN, —OCN, —SCN,        —N═C═O, —NCS, —NO, —NO₂, ═N₂, —N₃, —NRC(═O)R, —NRC(═O)OR,        —NRC(═O)NRR, —C(═O)NRR, —C(═O)OR, —OC(═O)NRR, —OC(═O)OR,        —C(═O)R, —S(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂R, —OS(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂NR, —S(═O)R,        —NRS(═O)₂R, —NRS(═O)₂NRR, —NRS(═O)₂OR, —OP(═O)(OR)₂,        —P(═O)(OR)₂, —P(O)(OR)(O)R, —C(═O)R, —C(═S)R, —C(═O)OR,        —C(═S)OR, —C(═O)SR, —C(═S)SR, —C(═O)NRR, —C(═S)NRR, —C(═NR)NRR,        and —NRC(═NR)NRR; wherein each R is independently H, alkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or heterocyclyl.

While not wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors currently believethat the compounds of Formula II are agonists of TLR-7 and may also beagonists of other TLRs.

Another aspect of the present invention includes a method for treating aviral infection comprising administering a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of Formula II. The compound is administered to ahuman subject in need thereof, such as a human being who is infectedwith a virus of the Flaviviridae family, such as hepatitis C virus. Inone embodiment, the viral infection is acute or chronic HCV infection.In one embodiment, the treatment results in one or more of a reductionin viral load or clearance of RNA.

Another aspect of the present invention includes the use of a compoundof Formula II for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of aviral infection. Another aspect of the present invention includes acompound of Formula II for the use in treating a viral infection. In oneembodiment, the viral infection is acute or chronic HCV infection. Inone embodiment, the treatment results in one or more of a reduction inviral load or clearance of RNA.

In another aspect, a method for treating Flaviviridae viral infectionsis provided comprising administering an therapeutically effective amountof a compound of Formula II to a patient in need thereof. The compoundof Formula II is administered to a human subject in need thereof, suchas a human being who is infected with viruses of the Flaviviridaefamily. In another embodiment, the compound of Formula II isadministered to a human subject in need thereof, such as a human beingwho is infected with a HCV virus. In one embodiment, the treatmentresults in the reduction of one or more of the in viral loads orclearance of RNA in the patient.

In another embodiment, provided is a method of treating and/orpreventing a disease caused by a viral infection wherein the viralinfection is caused by a virus selected from the group consisting ofdengue virus, yellow fever virus, West Nile virus, Japanese encephalitisvirus, tick-borne encephalitis virus, Junjin virus, Murray Valleyencephalitis virus, St Louis encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fevervirus, bovine viral disarrhea virus, Zika virus and Hepatitis C virus;by administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.

In another aspect, provided is the use of a compound of Formula II forthe manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Flaviviridae viralinfections. In another aspect, provided is a compound of Formula II foruse in treating a Flaviviridae viral infection. In one embodiment, theFlaviviridae viral infection is acute or chronic HCV infection. In oneembodiment of each aspect of use and compound, the treatment results inthe reduction of one or more of the viral loads or clearance of RNA inthe patient.

In another aspect, provided is a method for treating or preventing HCVcomprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula IIto a patient in need thereof. In another aspect, provided is the use ofa compound of the present invention for the manufacture of a medicamentfor the treatment or prevention of HCV.

In another aspect, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising acompound of Formula II and one or more pharmaceutically acceptablecarriers or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition of Formula II mayfurther comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents. The one ormore additional therapeutic agent may be, without limitation, selectedfrom: interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 proteaseinhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants,nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase,non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors,TLR-7 agonists, cyclophilin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors,pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixturesthereof.

In another aspect, provided is a method for the treatment or preventionof the symptoms or effects of an HCV infection in an infected animalwhich comprises administering to, i.e. treating, said animal with apharmaceutical combination composition or formulation comprising aneffective amount of a Formula II compound, and a second compound havinganti-HCV properties.

In another embodiment, provided are compounds of Formula II andpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and all racemates,enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs andamorphous forms thereof.

In another aspect, provided are processes and novel intermediatesdisclosed herein which are useful for preparing Formula II compounds.

In other aspects, novel methods for synthesis, analysis, separation,isolation, purification, characterization, and testing of the compoundsof Formula II are provided.

The present invention includes combinations of aspects and embodiments,as well as preferences, as herein described throughout the presentspecification.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Reference will now be made in detail to certain claims of the invention,examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures andformulas. While the invention will be described in conjunction with theenumerated claims, it will be understood that they are not intended tolimit the invention to those claims. On the contrary, the invention isintended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents,which may be included within the scope of the present invention asdefined by the claims.

All documents referenced herein are each incorporated by reference intheir entirety for all purposes.

In one embodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —NR⁸—. In another embodiment ofFormula II, L¹ is —O—. In another embodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —S—.In another embodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —N(R⁸)C(O)—. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —S(O)—. In another embodiment of FormulaII, L¹ is —S(O)₂—. In another embodiment of Formula II, L¹ is a covalentbond. In another embodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —C(O)N(R⁸)—. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, L¹ is —N(R⁸)S(O)₂—. In another embodiment ofFormula II, L¹ is —S(O)₂N(R⁸)—.

In one embodiment of Formula II, R¹ is alkyl. In another embodiment ofFormula II, R¹ is substituted alkyl. In another embodiment of FormulaII, R¹ is heteroalkyl. In another embodiment of Formula II, R¹ issubstituted heteroalkyl.

In another embodiment of Formula II, X¹ is alkylene. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, X¹ is substituted alkylene. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, X¹ is heteroalkylene. In another embodiment ofFormula II, X¹ is substituted heteroalkylene. In one embodiment ofFormula II, X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene. In another embodiment of Formula II,X¹ is substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene. In another embodiment of Formula II,X¹ is C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In another embodiment of Formula II, X¹ issubstituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In another embodiment of Formula II,X¹ is —CH₂—.

In one embodiment of Formula II, D is carbocyclyl, substitutedcarbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl wherein saidcarbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substitutedheterocyclyl is substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, D is a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl wherein saidheterocyclyl or heteroaryl comprises one to four nitrogen atoms. Inanother embodiment of Formula II, D is a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclylor 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl orheterocyclyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another embodiment ofFormula II, D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl wherein said phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, D is a heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl comprisesone to four nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment of Formula II, D is aheterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or substitutedheteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl is optionally substitutedpyridinyl, optionally substituted piperidinyl, optionally substitutedpiperazinyl or optionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, D is carbocyclyl, substitutedcarbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl wherein saidcarbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substitutedheterocyclyl is substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷ and R⁶ and R⁷independently are H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or, together with the nitrogenatom to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstitutedheterocyclyl. In another embodiment of Formula II, D is carbocyclyl,substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclylwherein said carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl orsubstituted heterocyclyl is substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷ and R⁶and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forma 4- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic, saturated, partially saturated,or unsaturated ring containing from 0 to 3 additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, or S. In another embodiment of Formula II, D iscarbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substitutedheterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl is substituted with one or two-L²-NR⁶R⁷ and R⁷ taken together with L², and the N to which they areboth attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 memberedheterocycle which may contain one or more additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, S, or P.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵—. In another embodimentof Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵—CR⁴R⁵—. In another embodiment of FormulaII, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— wherein each R⁴ or R⁵ is independently H or C₁-C₆alkyl. In another embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CH₂—. In anotherembodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —(CH₂)₂—. In another embodiment ofFormula II, —Y—Z— is —O(O)—.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— or —CR⁴R⁵—CR⁴R⁵— and Dis carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substitutedheterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl is substituted with one or two-L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of this embodiment, D is a 3- to12-membered carbocyclyl or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl wherein saidcarbocyclyl or heterocyclyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl whereinsaid phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -l²-NR⁶R⁷. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ independently are H, alkyl,heteroalkyl, or, together with the nitrogen atom to which they areattached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen towhich they are attached form a 4- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic,saturated, partially saturated, or unsaturated ring containing from 0 to3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S. In another aspect ofthis embodiment, R⁷ taken together with L², and the N to which they areboth attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 memberedheterocycle which may contain one or more additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, S, or P. In another aspect of this embodiment, eachof R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl. In another aspectof this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 memberedheterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspectof this embodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl,substituted heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— or —CR⁴R⁵—CR⁴R⁵— and Dis a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl or heteroarylcomprises one to four nitrogen atoms. In another aspect of thisembodiment, D is optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionallysubstituted piperidinyl, optionally substituted piperazinyl oroptionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substitutedheteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— wherein each R⁴ or R⁵is independently H or CH₃ and D is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl,substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl issubstituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of thisembodiment, D is a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclyl or 3- to 12-memberedheterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl is substitutedwith -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of this embodiment, D is phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl wherein said phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl issubstituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ andR⁷ independently are H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or, together with thenitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a substituted orunsubstituted heterocyclyl. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ andR⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 4-to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic, saturated, partially saturated, orunsaturated ring containing from 0 to 3 additional heteroatoms selectedfrom N, O, or S. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁷ taken togetherwith L², and the N to which they are both attached, forms a substitutedor unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycle which may contain one ormore additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, S, or P. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl,or heteroaryl. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a substitutedor unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatomsselected from N, O or S. In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is—NH— or —O—. In another aspect of this embodiment, R¹ is alkyl,substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, carbocyclylalkyl orsubstituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— wherein each R⁴ or R⁵is independently H or CH₃ and D is a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl whereinsaid heterocyclyl or heteroaryl comprises one to four nitrogen atoms. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, D is optionally substitutedpyridinyl, optionally substituted piperidinyl, optionally substitutedpiperazinyl or optionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl,substituted heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— wherein R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the carbon to which they are attached is —C(O)— andD is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substitutedheterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl is substituted with one or two-L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of this embodiment, D is a 3- to12-membered carbocyclyl or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl wherein saidcarbocyclyl or heterocyclyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl whereinsaid phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ independently are H, alkyl,heteroalkyl, or, together with the nitrogen atom to which they areattached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen towhich they are attached form a 4- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic,saturated, partially saturated, or unsaturated ring containing from 0 to3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S. In another aspect ofthis embodiment, R⁷ taken together with L², and the N to which they areboth attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 memberedheterocycle which may contain one or more additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, S, or P. In another aspect of this embodiment, eachof R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl. In another aspectof this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 memberedheterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspectof this embodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl,substituted heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CR⁴R⁵— wherein R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the carbon to which they are attached is —C(O)— andD is a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl orheteroaryl comprises one to four nitrogen atoms. In another aspect ofthis embodiment, D is optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionallysubstituted piperidinyl, optionally substituted piperazinyl oroptionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substitutedheteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CH₂CH₂— and D is carbocyclyl,substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclylwherein said carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl orsubstituted heterocyclyl is substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, D is a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclylor 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl wherein said carbocyclyl orheterocyclyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of thisembodiment, D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl wherein said phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspectof this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ independently are H, alkyl, heteroalkyl,or, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form asubstituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In another aspect of thisembodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached form a 4- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic, saturated,partially saturated, or unsaturated ring containing from 0 to 3additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S. In another aspect ofthis embodiment, R⁷ taken together with L², and the N to which they areboth attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 memberedheterocycle which may contain one or more additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, S, or P. In another aspect of this embodiment, eachof R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl. In another aspectof this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 memberedheterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S. Inanother aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspectof this embodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl,substituted heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment of Formula II, —Y—Z— is —CH₂CH₂— and D is aheterocyclyl or heteroaryl wherein said heterocyclyl or heteroarylcomprises one to four nitrogen atoms. In another aspect of thisembodiment, D is optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionallysubstituted piperidinyl, optionally substituted piperazinyl oroptionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH— or —O—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substitutedheteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.

In one embodiment, the compound of Formula II is represented by FormulaIa:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   L¹ is —NH— or —O—;    -   R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted        heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,        carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl;    -   each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl or R⁴ and R⁵        taken together with the carbon to which they are attached is        —C(O)—;    -   X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene, C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene or C₁-C₆ substituted        heteroalkylene;    -   D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl,        biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷; or    -   D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or        1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;    -   n is 0 or 1;    -   R³ is halogen, cyano, alkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl,        haloalkyl, —C(O)OR⁸, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰ or —CHO;    -   L² is C₁-C₆ alkylene or a covalent bond;    -   each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl; or    -   R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered        heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or        S.

In one embodiment of Formula Ia, each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is H orC₁-C₆ alkyl. In another embodiment of Formula Ia, each of R⁴ and R⁵ isH. In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together withthe carbon to which they are attached is —C(O)—. In another embodimentof Formula Ia, L¹ is —O—. In another embodiment of Formula Ia, L¹ is—NH—. In another embodiment of Formula Ia, X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene. Inanother embodiment of Formula Ia, X¹ is C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In anotherembodiment of Formula Ia, X¹ is C₁-C₆ substituted heteroalkylene. Inanother embodiment of Formula Ia, X¹ is —CH₂—. In another embodiment ofFormula Ia, D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In anotherembodiment of Formula Ia, D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl.In another embodiment of Formula Ia, L² is —CH₂—. In another embodimentof Formula Ia, each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, orheteroaryl. In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a substitutedor unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatomsselected from N, O or S.

In one embodiment of Formula Ia, each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is H orCH₃ and D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspectof this embodiment, each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, orheteroaryl. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a substitutedor unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatomsselected from N, O or S. In another aspect of this embodiment, L² is—CH₂—. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ is —CH₂—. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —O—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, L¹ is —NH—.

In one embodiment of Formula Ia, each of R⁴ and R⁶ independently is H orCH₃ and D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl. In another aspectof this embodiment, X′ is —CH₂—. In another aspect of this embodiment,X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ is C₁-C₆heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ is C₁-C₆substituted heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is—O—. In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH—.

In one embodiment of Formula Ia, R⁴ and R⁶ taken together with thecarbon to which they are attached is —C(O)— and D is phenyl, biphenyl orpyridinyl, wherein said phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl is substitutedwith -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspect of this embodiment, each of R⁶ and R⁷independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl. In another aspect of thisembodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocyclecomprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S. In another aspectof this embodiment, L² is —CH₂—.

In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ is —CH₂—. In another aspect ofthis embodiment, L¹ is —O—. In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is—NH—.

In one embodiment of Formula Ia, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with thecarbon to which they are attached is —C(O)— and D is pyridinyl,piperidinyl, piperazinyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, X¹ is —CH₂—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment,X¹ is C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ isC₁-C₆ substituted heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment,L¹ is —O—. In another aspect of this embodiment, L′ is —NH—.

In one embodiment, the compound of Formula II is represented by FormulaIIa:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   L¹ is —NH— or —O—;    -   R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted        heteroalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,        carbocyclylalkyl or substituted carbocyclylalkyl;    -   each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl or any R⁴        and R⁵ on the same carbon atom when taken together with the        carbon to which they are attached is —C(O)—;    -   X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene, C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene or C₁-C₆ substituted        heteroalkylene;    -   D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl,        biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷; or    -   D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or        1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;    -   n is 0 or 1;    -   R³ is halogen, cyano, alkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl,        haloalkyl, —C(O)OR⁸, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰ or —CHO;    -   L² is C₁-C₆ alkylene or a covalent bond;    -   each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl; or    -   R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered        heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or        S.

In one embodiment of Formula IIa, each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is Hor C₁-C₆ alkyl. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, each of R⁴ and R⁵is H. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, L¹ is —O—. In anotherembodiment of Formula IIa, L¹ is —NH—. In another embodiment of FormulaIIa, X¹ is C₁-C₆alkylene. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, X¹ isC₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, X¹ is C₁-C₆substituted heteroalkylene. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, X¹ is—CH₂—. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, D is phenyl, biphenyl orpyridinyl, wherein said phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl is substitutedwith -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another embodiment of Formula IIa, D is pyridinyl,piperidinyl, piperazinyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. In anotherembodiment of Formula IIa, L² is —CH₂—. In another embodiment of FormulaIIa, each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, or heteroaryl. Inanother embodiment of Formula IIa, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N,O or S.

In one embodiment of Formula IIa, each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is Hor CH₃ and D is phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷. In another aspectof this embodiment, each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, alkyl, orheteroaryl. In another aspect of this embodiment, R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a substitutedor unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to 2 heteroatomsselected from N, O or S. In another aspect of this embodiment, L² is—CH₂—. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ is —CH₂—. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —O—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, L¹ is —NH—.

In one embodiment of Formula IIa, each of R⁴ and R⁵ independently is Hor CH₃ and D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, X¹ is —CH₂—. In another aspect of thisembodiment, X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment,X¹ is C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment, X¹ isC₁-C₆ substituted heteroalkylene. In another aspect of this embodiment,L¹ is —O—. In another aspect of this embodiment, L¹ is —NH—.

In another embodiment, provided are compounds of Formula II selectedfrom the group consisting of

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.

DEFINITIONS

Unless stated otherwise, the following terms and phrases as used hereinare intended to have the following meanings. The fact that a particularterm or phrase is not specifically defined should not be correlated toindefiniteness or lacking clarity, but rather terms herein are usedwithin their ordinary meaning. When trade names are used herein,applicants intend to independently include the tradename product and theactive pharmaceutical ingredient(s) of the tradename product.

The term “treating”, and grammatical equivalents thereof, when used inthe context of treating a disease, means slowing or stopping theprogression of a disease, or ameliorating at least one symptom of adisease, more preferably ameliorating more than one symptom of adisease. For example, treatment of a hepatitis C virus infection caninclude reducing the HCV viral load in an HCV infected human being,and/or reducing the severity of jaundice present in an HCV infectedhuman being.

As used herein, “a compound of the invention” or “a compound of formulaIa or formula II or formula IIa” means a compound of formula Ia or II orIIa, including alternative forms thereof such as, solvated forms,hydrated forms, esterified forms, or physiologically functionalderivatives thereof. Compounds of the invention also include tautomericforms thereof, e.g., tautomeric “enols” as described herein. Similarly,with respect to isolatable intermediates, the phrase “a compound offormula (number)” means a compound of that formula and alternative formsthereof.

“Alkyl” is hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cycliccarbon atoms. For example, an alkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms(i.e, C₁-C₂₀ alkyl), 1 to 10 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₁₀ alkyl), or 1 to6 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₆ alkyl). Examples of suitable alkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, —CH₃), ethyl (Et, —CH₂CH₃),1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-propyl (i-Pr, 1-propyl,—CH(CH₃)₂), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-methyl-1-propyl—CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃),2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, —C(CH₃)₃), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl,—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-pentyl(—CH(CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-butyl(—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 3-methyl-1-butyl (—CH₂CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-1-butyl(—CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 1-hexyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-hexyl(—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-hexyl (—CH(CH₂CH₃)(CH₂CH₂CH₃)),2-methyl-2-pentyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-pentyl(—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH(CH₃)₂),3-methyl-3-pentyl (—C(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-3-pentyl(—CH(CH₂CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH(CH₃)₂),3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH₃)C(CH₃)₃, and octyl (—(CH₂)₇CH₃).

“Alkoxy” means a group having the formula —O-alkyl, in which an alkylgroup, as defined above, is attached to the parent molecule via anoxygen atom. The alkyl portion of an alkoxy group can have 1 to 20carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₁₂alkoxy), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₆ alkoxy). Examples ofsuitable alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (—O—CH₃or —OMe), ethoxy (—OCH₂CH₃ or —OEt), t-butoxy (—O—C(CH₃)₃ or —OtBu), andthe like.

“Haloalkyl” is an alkyl group, as defined above, in which one or morehydrogen atoms of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom. Thealkyl portion of a haloalkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e.,C₁-C₂₀ haloalkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₁₂ haloalkyl), or 1to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C₁-C₆ alkyl). Examples of suitable haloalkylgroups include, but are not limited to, —CF₃, —CHF₂, —CFH₂, —CH₂CF₃, andthe like.

“Alkenyl” is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary, orcyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. acarbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. For example, an alkenyl group can have 2to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e.,C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C₂-C₆ alkenyl). Examplesof suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethylene,vinyl (—CH═CH₂), allyl (—CH₂CH═CH₂), cyclopentenyl (—C₅H₇), and5-hexenyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH═CH₂).

“Alkynyl” is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary orcyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. acarbon-carbon, sp triple bond. For example, an alkynyl group can have 2to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e.,C₂-C₁₂ alkyne), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C₂-C₆ alkynyl). Examplesof suitable alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetylenic(—C≡CH), propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH), and the like.

“Alkylene” refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclichydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by theremoval of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbonatoms of a parent alkane. For example, an alkylene group can have 1 to20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Typicalalkylene radicals include, but are not limited to, methylene (—CH₂—),1,1-ethylene (—CH(CH₃)—), 1,2-ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—), 1,1-propylene(—CH(CH₂CH₃)—), 1,2-propylene (—CH₂CH(CH₃)—), 1,3-propylene(—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), 1,4-butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—), and the like.

“Alkenylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain orcyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derivedby the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two differentcarbon atoms of a parent alkene. For example, and alkenylene group canhave 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.Typical alkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to,1,2-ethylene (—CH═CH—).

“Alkynylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain orcyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derivedby the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two differentcarbon atoms of a parent alkyne. For example, an alkynylene group canhave 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.Typical alkynylene radicals include, but are not limited to, acetylene(—C≡C—), propargyl (—CH₂C≡C—), and 4-pentynyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂C≡C—).

“Aminoalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, is replaced with an amino radical.

“Amidoalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, is replaced with a —NR^(a)COR^(b) group where R^(a) ishydrogen or alkyl and R^(b) is alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, orsubstituted aryl as defined herein, e.g., —(CH₂)₂—NHC(O)CH₃,—(CH₂)₃—NH—C(O)—CH₃, and the like.

“Aryl” means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by theremoval of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parentaromatic ring system. For example, an aryl group can have 6 to 20 carbonatoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Typical arylgroups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene(e.g., phenyl), substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl,and the like.

“Arylene” refers to an aryl as defined above having two monovalentradical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from thesame or two different carbon atoms of a parent aryl. Typical aryleneradicals include, but are not limited to, phenylene.

“Arylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl,naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl,2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl group can comprise6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms andthe aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Arylalkenyl” refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, but also an sp2 carbon atom, is replaced with an arylradical. The aryl portion of the arylalkenyl can include, for example,any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkenyl portion of thearylalkenyl can include, for example, any of the alkenyl groupsdisclosed herein. The arylalkenyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbonatoms, e.g., the alkenyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the arylmoiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Arylalkynyl” refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with an arylradical. The aryl portion of the arylalkynyl can include, for example,any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkynyl portion of thearylalkynyl can include, for example, any of the alkynyl groupsdisclosed herein. The arylalkynyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbonatoms, e.g., the alkynyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the arylmoiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Halogen” refers to F, Cl, Br, or I.

As used herein the term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, as definedherein, that is substituted with at least one halogen. Examples ofbranched or straight chained “haloalkyl” groups as used herein include,but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, andt-butyl substituted independently with one or more halogens, forexample, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo. The term “haloalkyl” should beinterpreted to include such substituents as perfluoroalkyl groups suchas —CF₃.

As used herein, the term “haloalkoxy” refers to a group —OR^(a), whereR^(a) is a haloalkyl group as herein defined. As non-limiting examples,haloalkoxy groups include —O(CH₂)F, —O(CH)F₂, and —OCF₃.

The term “substituted” in reference to alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, and other groups used herein, for example,“substituted alkyl”, “substituted aryl”, “substituted arylalkyl”,“substituted heterocyclyl”, and “substituted carbocyclyl” means a group,alkyl, alkylene, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, carbocyclylrespectively, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independentlyreplaced with a non-hydrogen substituent. Typical substituents include,but are not limited to, —X, —R, —O—, ═O, —OR, —SR, —S—, —NR₂, —N(+)R₃,═NR, —CX₃, —CRX₂, —CR₂X, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N═C═O, —NCS, —NO, —NO₂, ═N₂,—N₃, —NRC(═O)R, —NRC(═O)OR, —NRC(═O)NRR, —C(═O)NRR, —C(═O)OR,—OC(═O)NRR, —OC(═O)OR, —C(═O)R, —S(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂R, —OS(═O)₂OR,—S(═O)₂NR, —S(═O)R, —NRS(═O)₂R, —NRS(═O)₂NRR, —NRS(═O)₂OR, —OP(═O)(OR)₂,—P(═O)(OR)₂, —P(O)(OR)(O)R, —C(═O)R, —C(═S)R, —C(═O)OR, —C(═S)OR,—C(═O)SR, —C(═S)SR, —C(═O)NRR, —C(═S)NRR, —C(═NR)NRR, —NRC(═NR)NRR,where each X is independently a halogen: F, Cl, Br, or I; and each R isindependently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, a heterocycle, or aprotecting group or prodrug moiety. Divalent groups may also besimilarly substituted.

Those skilled in the art will recognize that when moieties such as“alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are substituted with one or moresubstituents, they could alternatively be referred to as “alkylene”,“arylene”, “heterocyclylene”, etc. moieties (i.e., indicating that atleast one of the hydrogen atoms of the parent “alkyl”, “aryl”,“heterocyclyl” moieties has been replaced with the indicatedsubstituent(s)). When moieties such as “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”,etc. are referred to herein as “substituted” or are showndiagrammatically to be substituted (or optionally substituted, e.g.,when the number of substituents ranges from zero to a positive integer),then the terms “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are understood tobe interchangeable with “alkylene”, “arylene”, “heterocyclylene”, etc.

“Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group where one or more carbon atomshave been replaced with a heteroatom, such as, O, N, or S. For example,if the carbon atom of the alkyl group which is attached to the parentmolecule is replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) the resultingheteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkoxy group (e.g., —OCH₃,etc.), an amine (e.g., —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and the like), or a thioalkylgroup (e.g., —SCH₃). If a non-terminal carbon atom of the alkyl groupwhich is not attached to the parent molecule is replaced with aheteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) and the resulting heteroalkyl groups are,respectively, an alkyl ether (e.g., —CH₂CH₂—O—CH₃, etc.), an alkyl amine(e.g., —CH₂NHCH₃, —CH₂N(CH₃)₂, and the like), or a thioalkyl ether(e.g., —CH₂—S—CH₃). If a terminal carbon atom of the alkyl group isreplaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S), the resulting heteroalkylgroups are, respectively, a hydroxyalkyl group (e.g., —CH₂CH₂—OH), anaminoalkyl group (e.g., —CH₂NH₂), or an alkyl thiol group (e.g.,—CH₂CH₂—SH). A heteroalkyl group can have, for example, 1 to 20 carbonatoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A C₁-C₆ heteroalkylgroup means a heteroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

“Heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” as used herein includes by way ofexample and not limitation those heterocycles described in Paquette, LeoA.; Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W. A. Benjamin, NewYork, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; The Chemistryof Heterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons,New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566. In one specific embodiment ofthe invention “heterocycle” includes a “carbocycle” as defined herein,wherein one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) carbon atoms have been replacedwith a heteroatom (e.g. O, N, P or S). The terms “heterocycle” or“heterocyclyl” includes saturated rings, partially unsaturated rings,and aromatic rings (i.e., heteroaromatic rings). Heterocycles includesaromatic and non-aromatic mono-, bi-, and poly-cyclic rings, whetherfused, bridged, or spiro. As used herein, the term “heterocycle”encompasses, but is not limited to “heteroaryl.”

Substituted heterocyclyls include, for example, heterocyclic ringssubstituted with any of the substituents disclosed herein includingcarbonyl groups. A non-limiting example of a carbonyl substitutedheterocyclyl is:

Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitationpyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl(piperidyl), thiazolyl,tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl,furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl,benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl,isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl,azetidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl,octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl,2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl,isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl,isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl,isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazoly, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl,phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl,pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl,acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl,furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl,imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl,isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl,benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, isatinoyl, andbis-tetrahydrofuranyl:

By way of example and not limitation, carbon bonded heterocycles arebonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2,3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan,tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole,position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4,or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of anaziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of anisoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl,4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl,4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl,5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.

By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles arebonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine,2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline,3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline,piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-indazole, position 2 of aisoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 ofa carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bondedheterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl,1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.

“Heterocyclylene” refers to a heterocyclyl, as defined herein, derivedby replacing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom or heteroatom of aheterocyclyl, with an open valence. Similarly, “heteroarylene” refers toan aromatic heterocyclylene.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one ofthe hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., aheterocyclyl-alkylene-moiety). Typical heterocyclyl alkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to heterocyclyl-CH₂—,2-(heterocyclyl)ethan-1-yl, and the like, wherein the “heterocyclyl”portion includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described above,including those described in Principles of Modern HeterocyclicChemistry. One skilled in the art will also understand that theheterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkyl portion of theheterocyclyl alkyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or acarbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group ischemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbonatoms, e.g., the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group comprises 1 to 6carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.Examples of heterocyclylalkyls include by way of example and notlimitation 5-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containingheterocycles such as thiazolylmethyl, 2-thiazolylethan-1-yl,imidazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, and the like,6-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles suchas piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl,pyridinylmethyl, pyridizylmethyl, pyrimidylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, andthe like.

“Heterocyclylalkenyl” refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which oneof the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal orsp3 carbon atom, but also a sp2 carbon atom, is replaced with aheterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkenylene-moiety). Theheterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any ofthe heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described inPrinciples of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry, and the alkenyl portion ofthe heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any of the alkenyl groupsdisclosed herein. One skilled in the art will also understand that theheterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkenyl portion of theheterocyclyl alkenyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or acarbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group ischemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkenyl group comprises 2 to 20carbon atoms, e.g., the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenylgroup comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moietycomprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Heterocyclylalkynyl” refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which oneof the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal orsp3 carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with aheterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkynylene-moiety). Theheterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any ofthe heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described inPrinciples of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry, and the alkynyl portion ofthe heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any of the alkynyl groupsdisclosed herein. One skilled in the art will also understand that theheterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkynyl portion of theheterocyclyl alkynyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or acarbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group ischemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkynyl group comprises 2 to 20carbon atoms, e.g., the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynylgroup comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moietycomprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent aromatic heterocyclyl having atleast one heteroatom in the ring. Non-limiting examples of suitableheteroatoms which can be included in the aromatic ring include oxygen,sulfur, and nitrogen. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl rings includeall of those listed in the definition of “heterocyclyl”, includingpyridinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, purinyl, furanyl,thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, imidazolyl,thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl,pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, and the like. Heteroaryl also includesmonovalent aromatic heterocyclyl comprising an aryl moiety and aheteroaryl group. Non limiting examples of these heteroaryls are:

“Carbocycle” or “carbocyclyl” refers to a saturated, partiallyunsaturated or aromatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle,7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle, and up to about 20 carbon atoms as apolycycle. Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still moretypically 5 or 6 ring atoms. Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ringatoms, e.g., arranged as a bicyclo (4,5), (5,5), (5,6) or (6,6) system,or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo (5,6) or (6,6) system.Carbocycles includes aromatic and non-aromatic mono-, bi-, andpoly-cyclic rings, whether fused, bridged, or spiro. Non-limitingexamples of monocyclic carbocycles include the cycloalkyls group such ascyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl,1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl,1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl or aryl groups such as phenyl, andthe like. Thus, “carbocycle,” as used herein, encompasses but is notlimited to “aryl”, “phenyl” and “biphenyl.”

“Carbocyclylene” refers to a carbocyclyl or carbocycle as defined abovehaving two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of twohydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parentcarbocyclyl. Typical carbocyclylene radicals include, but are notlimited to, phenylene. Thus, “carbocyclylene,” as used herein,encompasses but is not limited to “arylene.”

“Carbocyclylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one ofthe hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3carbon atom, is replaced with a carbocyclyl radical as defined above.Typical carbocyclylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to thearylalkyl groups such as benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, naphthylmethyl,2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl or thecycloalkylalkyl groups such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl,cyclohexylmethyl and the like. The arylalkyl group can comprise 6 to 20carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the arylmoiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms. The cycloalkylalkyl group can comprise 4to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms andthe cycloalkyl group is 3 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Arylheteroalkyl” refers to a heteroalkyl as defined herein, in which ahydrogen atom, which may be attached either to a carbon atom or aheteroatom, has been replaced with an aryl group as defined herein. Thearyl groups may be bonded to a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl group, orto a heteroatom of the heteroalkyl group, provided that the resultingarylheteroalkyl group provides a chemically stable moiety. For example,an arylheteroalkyl group can have the general formulae -alkylene-O-aryl,-alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-NH-aryl,-alkylene-NH-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-S-aryl, -alkylene-S-alkylene-aryl,and the like. In addition, any of the alkylene moieties in the generalformulae above can be further substituted with any of the substituentsdefined or exemplified herein.

“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, in whicha hydrogen atom has been replaced with a heteroaryl group as definedherein. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl alkyl include—CH₂-pyridinyl, —CH₂-pyrrolyl, —CH₂-oxazolyl, —CH₂-indolyl,—CH₂-isoindolyl, —CH₂-purinyl, —CH₂-furanyl, —CH₂-thienyl,—CH₂-benzofuranyl, —CH₂-benzothiophenyl, —CH₂-carbazolyl,—CH₂-imidazolyl, —CH₂-thiazolyl, —CH₂-isoxazolyl, —CH₂-pyrazolyl,—CH₂-isothiazolyl, —CH₂-isoquinolyl, —CH₂-pyridazyl, —CH₂-pyrimidyl,—CH₂-pyrazyl, —CH(CH₃)-pyridinyl, —CH(CH₃)-pyrrolyl, —CH(CH₃)-oxazolyl,—CH(CH₃)-indolyl, —CH(CH₃)-isoindolyl, —CH(CH₃)-purinyl,—CH(CH₃)-furanyl, —CH(CH₃)— thienyl, —CH(CH₃)-benzofuranyl,—CH(CH₃)-benzothiophenyl, —CH(CH₃)-carbazolyl, —CH(CH₃)-imidazolyl,—CH(CH₃)-thiazolyl, —CH(CH₃)-isoxazolyl, —CH(CH₃)-pyrazolyl,—CH(CH₃)-isothiazolyl, —CH(CH₃)-quinolyl, —CH(CH₃)-isoquinolyl,—CH(CH₃)-pyridazyl, —CH(CH₃)-pyrimidyl, —CH(CH₃)-pyrazyl, and the like.

The term “optionally substituted” in reference to a particular moiety ofthe compound of the Formulae of the invention, for example an optionallysubstituted aryl group, refers to a moiety having 0, 1, or moresubstituents.

As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the compounds of thepresent invention are capable of existing in solvated or hydrated form.The scope of the present invention includes such forms. Again, as willbe appreciated by those skilled in the art, the compounds may be capableof esterification. The scope of the present invention includes estersand other physiologically functional derivatives. The scope of thepresent invention also includes tautomeric forms, namely, tautomeric“enols” as herein described. In addition, the scope of the presentinvention includes prodrug forms of the compound herein described.

“Ester” means any ester of a compound in which any of the —COOHfunctions of the molecule is replaced by a —C(O)OR function, or in whichany of the —OH functions of the molecule are replaced with a —OC(O)Rfunction, in which the R moiety of the ester is any carbon-containinggroup which forms a stable ester moiety, including but not limited toalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl and substituted derivatives thereof.Esters can also include esters—as described above—of “tautomeric enols”,e.g. as shown below:

The term “ester thereof” includes but is not limited to pharmaceuticallyacceptable esters thereof.

The term “prodrug” as used herein refers to any compound that whenadministered to a biological system generates the drug substance, i.e.,active ingredient, as a result of spontaneous chemical reaction(s),enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), photolysis, and/or metabolicchemical reaction(s). A prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog orlatent form of a therapeutically active compound.

One skilled in the art will recognize that substituents and othermoieties of the compounds of Formula I or II should be selected in orderto provide a compound which is sufficiently stable to provide apharmaceutically useful compound which can be formulated into anacceptably stable pharmaceutical composition. Compounds of Formula I orII which have such stability are contemplated as falling within thescope of the present invention.

As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the compounds of thepresent invention may contain one or more chiral centers. The scope ofthe present invention includes such forms. Again, as will be appreciatedby those skilled in the art, the compound is capable of esterification.The scope of the present invention includes esters and otherphysiologically functional derivatives. The scope of the presentinvention also includes tautomeric forms, namely, tautomeric “enols” asherein described. In addition, the scope of the present inventionincludes prodrug forms of the compound herein described.

A compound of Formula Ia, IIa, or II and its pharmaceutically acceptablesalts may exist as different polymorphs or pseudopolymorphs. As usedherein, crystalline polymorphism means the ability of a crystallinecompound to exist in different crystal structures. Polymorphismgenerally can occur as a response to changes in temperature, pressure,or both. Polymorphism can also result from variations in thecrystallization process. Polymorphs can be distinguished by variousphysical characteristics known in the art such as x-ray diffractionpatterns, solubility, and melting point. The crystalline polymorphismmay result from differences in crystal packing (packing polymorphism) ordifferences in packing between different conformers of the same molecule(conformational polymorphism). As used herein, crystallinepseudopolymorphism means the ability of a hydrate or solvate of acompound to exist in different crystal structures. The pseudopolymorphsof the instant invention may exist due to differences in crystal packing(packing pseudopolymorphism) or due to differences in packing betweendifferent conformers of the same molecule (conformationalpseudopolymorphism). The instant invention comprises all polymorphs andpseudopolymorphs of the compounds of Formula I-II and theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts.

A compound of Formula Ia, IIa, or II and its pharmaceutically acceptablesalts may also exist as an amorphous solid. As used herein, an amorphoussolid is a solid in which there is no long-range order of the positionsof the atoms in the solid. This definition applies as well when thecrystal size is two nanometers or less. Additives, including solvents,may be used to create the amorphous forms of the instant invention. Theinstant invention comprises all amorphous forms of the compounds ofFormula Ia, IIa, or II and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Certain of the compounds described herein contain one or more chiralcenters, or may otherwise be capable of existing as multiplestereoisomers. The scope of the present invention includes mixtures ofstereoisomers as well as purified enantiomers orenantiomerically/diastereomerically enriched mixtures. Also includedwithin the scope of the invention are the individual isomers of thecompounds represented by the formulae of the present invention, as wellas any wholly or partially equilibrated mixtures thereof. The presentinvention also includes the individual isomers of the compoundsrepresented by the formulas above as mixtures with isomers thereof inwhich one or more chiral centers are inverted.

The term “chiral” refers to molecules which have the property ofnon-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term“achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirrorimage partner.

The term “stereoisomers” refers to compounds which have identicalchemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of theatoms or groups in space.

“Diastereomer” refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers ofchirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another.Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points,boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures ofdiastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical proceduressuch as electrophoresis and chromatography.

“Enantiomers” refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which arenon-superimposable mirror images of one another.

Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally followS. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984)McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S.,Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NewYork. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., theyhave the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. Indescribing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and Sare used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about itschiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed todesignate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound,with (−) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compoundprefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemicalstructure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirrorimages of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred toas an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called anenantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as aracemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been nostereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.The terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixtureof two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.

The present invention includes a salt or solvate of the compounds hereindescribed, including combinations thereof such as a solvate of a salt.The compounds of the present invention may exist in solvated, forexample hydrated, as well as unsolvated forms, and the present inventionencompasses all such forms.

Typically, but not absolutely, the salts of the present invention arepharmaceutically acceptable salts. Salts encompassed within the term“pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refer to non-toxic salts of thecompounds of this invention.

Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include inorganicacid addition salts such as chloride, bromide, sulfate, phosphate, andnitrate; organic acid addition salts such as acetate, galactarate,propionate, succinate, lactate, glycolate, malate, tartrate, citrate,maleate, fumarate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and ascorbate;salts with acidic amino acid such as aspartate and glutamate; alkalimetal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; alkaline earth metalsalts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt; ammonium salt; organicbasic salts such as trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, pyridinesalt, picoline salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, andN,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt; and salts with basic amino acid suchas lysine salt and arginine salt. The salts may be in some caseshydrates or ethanol solvates.

Protecting Groups

In the context of the present invention, protecting groups includeprodrug moieties and chemical protecting groups.

Protecting groups are available, commonly known and used, and areoptionally used to prevent side reactions with the protected groupduring synthetic procedures, i.e. routes or methods to prepare thecompounds of the invention. For the most part the decision as to whichgroups to protect, when to do so, and the nature of the chemicalprotecting group “PG” will be dependent upon the chemistry of thereaction to be protected against (e.g., acidic, basic, oxidative,reductive or other conditions) and the intended direction of thesynthesis. The PG groups do not need to be, and generally are not, thesame if the compound is substituted with multiple PG. In general, PGwill be used to protect functional groups such as carboxyl, hydroxyl,thio, or amino groups and to thus prevent side reactions or to otherwisefacilitate the synthetic efficiency. The order of deprotection to yieldfree, deprotected groups is dependent upon the intended direction of thesynthesis and the reaction conditions to be encountered, and may occurin any order as determined by the artisan.

Various functional groups of the compounds of the invention may beprotected. For example, protecting groups for —OH groups (whetherhydroxyl, carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, or other functions) include“ether- or ester-forming groups”. Ether- or ester-forming groups arecapable of functioning as chemical protecting groups in the syntheticschemes set forth herein. However, some hydroxyl and thio protectinggroups are neither ether- nor ester-forming groups, as will beunderstood by those skilled in the art, and are included with amides,discussed below.

A very large number of hydroxylprotecting groups and amide-forminggroups and corresponding chemical cleavage reactions are described inProtective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Theodora W. Greene and Peter G.M. Wuts (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1999, ISBN 0-471-16019-9)(“Greene”). See also Kocienski, Philip J.; Protecting Groups (GeorgThieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1994), which is incorporated byreference in its entirety herein. In particular Chapter 1, ProtectingGroups: An Overview, pages 1-20, Chapter 2, Hydroxyl Protecting Groups,pages 21-94, Chapter 3, Diol Protecting Groups, pages 95-117, Chapter 4,Carboxyl Protecting Groups, pages 118-154, Chapter 5, CarbonylProtecting Groups, pages 155-184. For protecting groups for carboxylicacid, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, sulfonic acid and other protectinggroups for acids see Greene as set forth below. Such groups include byway of example and not limitation, esters, amides, hydrazides, and thelike.

Ether- and Ester-Forming Protecting Groups

Ester-forming groups include: (1) phosphonate ester-forming groups, suchas phosphonamidate esters, phosphorothioate esters, phosphonate esters,and phosphon-bis-amidates; (2) carboxyl ester-forming groups, and (3)sulphur ester-forming groups, such as sulphonate, sulfate, andsulfinate.

Metabolites of the Compounds of the Invention

Also falling within the scope of this invention are the in vivometabolic products of the compounds described herein. Such products mayresult for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation,esterification and the like of the administered compound, primarily dueto enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compoundsproduced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this inventionwith a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolicproduct thereof. Such products typically are identified by preparing aradiolabelled (e.g., C¹⁴ or H³) compound of the invention, administeringit parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man,allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from theurine, blood or other biological samples. These products are easilyisolated since they are labeled (others are isolated by the use ofantibodies capable of binding epitopes surviving in the metabolite). Themetabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g., byMS or NMR analysis. In general, analysis of metabolites is done in thesame way as conventional drug metabolism studies well-known to thoseskilled in the art. The conversion products, so long as they are nototherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeuticdosing of the compounds of the invention even if they possess noanti-infective activity of their own.

Compounds of Formula Ia or II or IIa

The definitions and substituents for various genus and subgenus of thepresent compounds are described and illustrated herein. It should beunderstood by one skilled in the art that any combination of thedefinitions and substituents described above should not result in aninoperable species or compound. “Inoperable species or compounds” meanscompound structures that violates relevant scientific principles (suchas, for example, a carbon atom connecting to more than four covalentbonds) or compounds too unstable to permit isolation and formulationinto pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms.

Pharmaceutical Formulations

The compounds of this invention are formulated with conventionalcarriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinarypractice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, bindersand the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, andwhen intended for delivery by other than oral administration generallywill be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipientssuch as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients(1986), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Excipientsinclude ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such asEDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose,hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like. The pH of theformulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7to 10.

While it is possible for the active ingredients to be administered aloneit may be preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. Theformulations of the invention, both for veterinary and for human use,comprise at least one active ingredient, together with one or moreacceptable carriers and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. Thecarrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible withthe other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuousto the recipient thereof.

The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administrationroutes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosageform and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art ofpharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.), hereinincorporated by reference in its entirety. Such methods include the stepof bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrierwhich constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general theformulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing intoassociation the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely dividedsolid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.

Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administrationmay be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tabletseach containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as apowder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous ornon-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or awater-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also beadministered as a bolus, electuary or paste.

A tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or moreaccessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressingin a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form suchas a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant,inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Moldedtablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of thepowdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Thetablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulatedso as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient.

For administration to the eye or other external tissues e.g., mouth andskin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment orcream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example,0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1%and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.),preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w. Whenformulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed witheither a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively,the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-watercream base.

If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, forexample, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcoholhaving two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol(including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations maydesirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration ofthe active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examplesof such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide andrelated analogs.

The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constitutedfrom known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprisemerely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirablycomprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil orwith both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier isincluded together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as astabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up theso-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fatmake up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oilydispersed phase of the cream formulations.

Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulationof the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol,benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodiumlauryl sulfate.

The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based onachieving the desired cosmetic properties. The cream should preferablybe a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitableconsistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight orbranched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate,isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids,isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known asCrodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. Thesemay be used alone or in combination depending on the propertiesrequired. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white softparaffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.

Pharmaceutical formulations according to the present invention compriseone or more compounds of the invention together with one or morepharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally othertherapeutic agents. Pharmaceutical formulations containing the activeingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method ofadministration. When used for oral use for example, tablets, troches,lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules,emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared.Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to anymethod known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceuticalcompositions and such compositions may contain one or more agentsincluding sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents andpreserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tabletscontaining the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxicpharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufactureof tablets are acceptable. These excipients may be, for example, inertdiluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactosemonohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodiumphosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch,or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystallinecellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such asmagnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may be uncoated or maybe coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delaydisintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and therebyprovide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a timedelay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearatealone or with a wax may be employed.

Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsuleswhere the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules whereinthe active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such aspeanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials inadmixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueoussuspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose,sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia,and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurringphosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkyleneoxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensationproduct of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g.,heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxidewith a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride(e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension mayalso contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propylp-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoringagents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.

Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient ina vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconutoil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensionsmay contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetylalcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth herein, andflavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidantsuch as ascorbic acid.

Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable forpreparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water providethe active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, asuspending agent, and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those disclosedabove. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring andcoloring agents, may also be present.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the formof oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, suchas olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, ora mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents includenaturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth,naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters orpartial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such assorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esterswith ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Theemulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups andelixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol,sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, apreservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of asterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous oroleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according tothe known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents andsuspending agents which have been mentioned herein. The sterileinjectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution orsuspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent,such as a solution in 1,3-butanediol or prepared as a lyophilizedpowder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employedare water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Inaddition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solventor suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may beemployed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fattyacids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation ofinjectables.

The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carriermaterial to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon thehost treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, atime-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans maycontain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with anappropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may varyfrom about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). Thepharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurableamounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intendedfor intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of theactive ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of asuitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.

Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye dropswherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitablecarrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. Theactive ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in aconcentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularlyabout 1.5% w/w.

Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth includelozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usuallysucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the activeingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucroseand acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in asuitable liquid carrier.

Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppositorywith a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or asalicylate.

Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have aparticle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 μm (includingparticle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 μm in increments such as0.5 μm, 1 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, etc.), which is administered by rapidinhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouthso as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitable formulations include aqueousor oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable foraerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according toconventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agentssuch as compounds heretofore used in the treatment or prophylaxis ofinfections as described herein.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented aspessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulationscontaining in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as areknown in the art to be appropriate.

Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous andnon-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants,buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonicwith the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueoussterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickeningagents.

The formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers,for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in afreeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of thesterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediatelyprior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions areprepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kindpreviously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are thosecontaining a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited,or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.

It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularlymentioned above the formulations of this invention may include otheragents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulationin question, for example those suitable for oral administration mayinclude flavoring agents.

Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlledrelease of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or toimprove the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of the activeingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provided compositionscomprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated forsustained or controlled release.

The effective dose of an active ingredient depends at least on thenature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound isbeing used prophylactically (lower doses) or against an active diseaseor condition, the method of delivery, and the pharmaceuticalformulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventionaldose escalation studies. The effective dose can be expected to be fromabout 0.0001 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, typically from about0.001 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, more typically from about0.01 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, even more typically fromabout 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day. For example, thedaily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg bodyweight will range from about 0.05 mg to about 100 mg, or between about0.1 mg and about 25 mg, or between about 0.4 mg and about 4 mg, and maytake the form of single or multiple doses.

In yet another embodiment, the present application disclosespharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I or II ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier or excipient.

Routes of Administration

One or more compounds of the invention (herein referred to as the activeingredients) are administered by any route appropriate to the conditionto be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical(including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (includingsubcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal andepidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred routemay vary with for example the condition of the recipient. An advantageof the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailableand can be dosed orally.

Combination Therapy

In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are used incombination with an additional active therapeutic ingredient or agent.

In one embodiment, combinations of the compounds of Formula Ia, II, orIIa and additional active agents may be selected to treat patients witha viral infection, for example, HBV, HCV, or HIV infection.

Useful active therapeutic agents for HBV include reverse transcriptaseinhibitors, such as lamivudine (Epivir®), adefovir (Hepsera®), tenofovir(Viread®), telbivudine (Tyzeka®), entecavir (Baraclude®), andClevudine®. Other useful active therapeutic agents includeimmunomodulators, such as interferon alpha-2b (Intron A®), pegylatedinterferon alpha-2a (Pegasys®), interferon alpha 2a (Roferon®),interferon alpha N1, prednisone, predinisolone, Thymalfasin®, retinoicacid receptor agonists, 4-methylumbelliferone, Alamifovir®, Metacavir®,Albuferon®, agonists of TLRs (e.g., TLR-7 agonists), and cytokines.

With regard to treatment for HCV, other active therapeutic ingredientsor agents are interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 proteaseinhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants,nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase,non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors,TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors,pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixturesthereof.

Combinations of the compounds are typically selected based on thecondition to be treated, cross-reactivities of ingredients andpharmaco-properties of the combination. For example, when treating aninfection (e.g., HCV), the compositions of the invention are combinedwith other active agents (such as those described herein).

Suitable active agents or ingredients which can be combined with thecompounds of Formula I or II or a salt thereof, can include one or morecompounds selected from the group consisting of:

(1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylatedrIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys),rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha(MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin),interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon),interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234),interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b(Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylatedinterferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferonlambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;

(2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting ofribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixturesthereof;

(3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting ofboceprevir (SCH-503034, SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335,BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766,AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;

(4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting ofcelgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;

(5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;

(6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selectedfrom the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102,BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;

(7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from thegroup consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281,VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773,A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125,GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;

(8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836(A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;

(9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975,SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;

(10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting ofDEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;

(11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,

(12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting ofBAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixturesthereof; and

(13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting ofthymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401(virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101),KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i,ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065,BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide,VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.

In addition, the compounds of the invention may be employed incombination with other therapeutic agents for the treatment orprophylaxis of AIDS and/or one or more other diseases present in a humansubject suffering from AIDS (e.g., bacterial and/or fungal infections,other viral infections such as hepatitis B or hepatitis C, or cancerssuch as Kaposi's sarcoma). The additional therapeutic agent(s) may becoformulated with one or more salts of the invention (e.g., coformulatedin a tablet).

Examples of such additional therapeutic agents include agents that areeffective for the treatment or prophylaxis of viral, parasitic orbacterial infections, or associated conditions, or for treatment oftumors or related conditions, include 3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine(zidovudine, AZT), 2′-deoxy-3′-thiacytidine (3TC),2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydroadenosine (D4A),2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydrothymidine (D4T), carbovir (carbocyclic2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydroguanosine), 3′-azido-2′,3′-dideoxyuridine,5-fluorothymidine, (E)-5-(2-bromovinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine (BVDU),2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, 2-deoxycoformycin, 5-fluorouracil,5-fluorouridine, 5-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine,5-trifluoromethyl-2′-deoxyuridine, 6-azauridine, 5-fluoroorotic acid,methotrexate, triacetyluridine,1-(2′-deoxy-2′-fluoro-1-β-arabinosyl)-5-iodocytidine (FIAC),tetrahydro-imidazo(4,5,1-jk)-(1,4)-benzodiazepin-2(1H)-thione (TIBO),2′-nor-cyclicGMP, 6-methoxypurine arabinoside (ara-M), 6-methoxypurinearabinoside 2′-O-valerate; cytosine arabinoside (ara-C),2′,3′-dideoxynucleosides such as 2′,3′-dideoxycytidine (ddC),2′,3′-dideoxyadenosine (ddA) and 2′,3′-dideoxyinosine (ddI); acyclicnucleosides such as acyclovir, penciclovir, famciclovir, ganciclovir,HPMPC, PMEA, PMEG, PMPA, PMPDAP, FPMPA, HPMPA, HPMPDAP,(2R,5R)-9→tetrahydro-5-(phosphonomethoxy)-2-furanyladenine,(2R,5R)-1→tetrahydro-5-(phosphonomethoxy)-2-furanylthymine; otherantivirals including ribavirin (adenine arabinoside),2-thio-6-azauridine, tubercidin, aurintricarboxylic acid,3-deazaneoplanocin, neoplanocin, rimantidine, adamantine, and foscarnet(trisodium phosphonoformate); antibacterial agents includingbactericidal fluoroquinolones (ciprofloxacin, pefloxacin and the like);aminoglycoside bactericidal antibiotics (streptomycin, gentamicin,amicacin and the like); β-lactamase inhibitors (cephalosporins,penicillins and the like); other antibacterials including tetracycline,isoniazid, rifampin, cefoperazone, claithromycin and azithromycin,antiparasite or antifungal agents including pentamidine(1,5-bis(4′-aminophenoxy)pentane), 9-deaza-inosine, sulfamethoxazole,sulfadiazine, quinapyramine, quinine, fluconazole, ketoconazole,itraconazole, Amphotericin B, 5-fluorocytosine, clotrimazole,hexadecylphosphocholine and nystatin; renal excretion inhibitors such asprobenicid; nucleoside transport inhibitors such as dipyridamole,dilazep and nitrobenzylthioinosine, immunomodulators such as FK506,cyclosporin A, thymosin α-1; cytokines including TNF and TGF-β;interferons including IFN-α, IFN-β, and IFN-γ; interleukins includingvarious interleukins, macrophage/granulocyte colony stimulating factorsincluding GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, cytokine antagonists including anti-TNFantibodies, anti-interleukin antibodies, soluble interleukin receptors,protein kinase C inhibitors and the like.

Examples of suitable active therapeutic agents or ingredients which canbe combined with the compounds of the invention, and which have activityagainst HIV, include 1) HIV protease inhibitors, e.g., amprenavir,atazanavir, fosamprenavir, indinavir, lopinavir, ritonavir,lopinavir+ritonavir, nelfinavir, saquinavir, tipranavir, brecanavir,darunavir, TMC-126, TMC-114, mozenavir (DMP-450), JE-2147 (AG1776),AG1859, DG35, L-756423, RO0334649, KNI-272, DPC-681, DPC-684, andGW640385X, DG17, PPL-100, 2) a HIV non-nucleoside inhibitor of reversetranscriptase, e.g., capravirine, emivirine, delaviridine, efavirenz,nevirapine, (+) calanolide A, etravirine, GW5634, DPC-083, DPC-961,DPC-963, MIV-150, and TMC-120, TMC-278 (rilpivirine), efavirenz, BILR355 BS, VRX 840773, UK-453,061, RDEA806, 3) a HIV nucleoside inhibitorof reverse transcriptase, e.g., zidovudine, emtricitabine, didanosine,stavudine, zalcitabine, lamivudine, abacavir, amdoxovir, elvucitabine,alovudine, MIV-210, racivir (-FTC), D-d4FC, emtricitabine, phosphazide,fozivudine tidoxil, fosalvudine tidoxil, apricitibine (AVX754),amdoxovir, KP-1461, abacavir+lamivudine, abacavir+lamivudine+zidovudine,zidovudine+lamivudine, 4) a HIV nucleotide inhibitor of reversetranscriptase, e.g., tenofovir, tenofovir disoproxilfumarate+emtricitabine, tenofovir disoproxilfumarate+emtricitabine+efavirenz, and adefovir, 5) a HIV integraseinhibitor, e.g., curcumin, derivatives of curcumin, chicoric acid,derivatives of chicoric acid, 3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, derivatives of3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, aurintricarboxylic acid, derivatives ofaurintricarboxylic acid, caffeic acid phenethyl ester, derivatives ofcaffeic acid phenethyl ester, tyrphostin, derivatives of tyrphostin,quercetin, derivatives of quercetin, S-1360, zintevir (AR-177),L-870812, and L-870810, MK-0518 (raltegravir), BMS-707035, MK-2048,BA-011, BMS-538158, GSK364735C, 6) a gp41 inhibitor, e.g., enfuvirtide,sifuvirtide, FB006M, TRI-1144, SPC3, DES6, Locus gp41, CovX, and REP 9,7) a CXCR4 inhibitor, e.g., AMD-070, 8) an entry inhibitor, e.g., SP01A,TNX-355, 9) a gp120 inhibitor, e.g., BMS-488043 and BlockAide/CR, 10) aG6PD and NADH-oxidase inhibitor, e.g., immunitin, 10) a CCR5 inhibitor,e.g., aplaviroc, vicriviroc, INCB9471, PRO-140, INCB15050, PF-232798,CCR5 mAb004, and maraviroc, 11) an interferon, e.g., pegylatedrIFN-alpha 2b, pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a, rIFN-alpha 2b, IFN alpha-2b XL,rIFN-alpha 2a, consensus IFN alpha, infergen, rebif, locteron, AVI-005,PEG-infergen, pegylated IFN-beta, oral interferon alpha, feron,reaferon, intermax alpha, r-IFN-beta, infergen+actimmune, IFN-omega withDUROS, and albuferon, 12) ribavirin analogs, e.g., rebetol, copegus,levovirin, VX-497, and viramidine (taribavirin) 13) NS5a inhibitors,e.g., A-831 and A-689, 14) NS5b polymerase inhibitors, e.g., NM-283,valopicitabine, R1626, PSI-6130 (R1656), HIV-796, BILB 1941, MK-0608,NM-107, R7128, VCH-759, PF-868554, GSK625433, and XTL-2125, 15) NS3protease inhibitors, e.g., SCH-503034 (SCH-7), VX-950 (Telaprevir),ITMN-191, and BILN-2065, 16) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, e.g.,MX-3253 (celgosivir) and UT-231B, 17) hepatoprotectants, e.g., IDN-6556,ME 3738, MitoQ, and LB-84451, 18) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HIV,e.g., benzimidazole derivatives, benzo-1,2,4-thiadiazine derivatives,and phenylalanine derivatives, 19) other drugs for treating HIV, e.g.,zadaxin, nitazoxanide (alinea), BIVN-401 (virostat), DEBIO-025,VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, bavituximab, oglufanide, PYN-17,KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, ANA-975(isatoribine), XTL-6865, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, and NIM811,19) pharmacokinetic enhancers, e.g., BAS-100 and SPI452, 20) RNAse Hinhibitors, e.g., ODN-93 and ODN-112, 21) other anti-HIV agents, e.g.,VGV-1, PA-457 (bevirimat), ampligen, HRG214, cytolin, polymun, VGX-410,KD247, AMZ 0026, CYT 99007, A-221 HIV, BAY 50-4798, MDX010 (iplimumab),PBS119, ALG889, and PA-1050040.

Again by way of example, the following list discloses exemplary HIVantivirals, with their corresponding U.S. Patent numbers, incorporatedby reference with regard to the preparation of such antivirals, whichcan be combined with the compounds of the present invention.

Exemplary HIV Antivirals and Patent Numbers

Ziagen (Abacavir sulfate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,394)

Epzicom (Abacavir sulfate/lamivudine, U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,394)

Hepsera (Adefovir dipivoxil, U.S. Pat. No. 4,724,233)

Agenerase (Amprenavir, U.S. Pat. No. 5,646,180)

Reyataz (Atazanavir sulfate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,911)

Rescriptor (Delavirdine mesilate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,563,142)

Hivid (Dideoxycytidine; Zalcitabine, U.S. Pat. No. 5,028,595)

Videx (Dideoxyinosine; Didanosine, U.S. Pat. No. 4,861,759)

Sustiva (Efavirenz, U.S. Pat. No. 5,519,021)

Emtriva (Emtricitabine, U.S. Pat. No. 6,642,245)

Lexiva (Fosamprenavir calcium, U.S. Pat. No. 6,436,989)

Virudin; Triapten; Foscavir (Foscarnet sodium, U.S. Pat. No. 6,476,009)

Crixivan (Indinavir sulfate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,413,999)

Epivir (Lamivudine, U.S. Pat. No. 5,047,407)

Combivir (Lamivudine/Zidovudine, U.S. Pat. No. 4,724,232)

Aluviran (Lopinavir)

Kaletra (Lopinavir/ritonavir, U.S. Pat. No. 5,541,206)

Viracept (Nelfinavir mesilate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,484,926)

Viramune (Nevirapine, U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,972)

Norvir (Ritonavir, U.S. Pat. No. 5,541,206)

Invirase; Fortovase (Saquinavir mesilate, U.S. Pat. No. 5,196,438)

Zerit (Stavudine, U.S. Pat. No. 4,978,655)

Truvada (Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate/emtricitabine, U.S. Pat. No.5,210,085)

Aptivus (Tipranavir)

Retrovir (Zidovudine; Azidothymidine, U.S. Pat. No. 4,724,232)

Where the disorder is cancer, combination with at least one otheranticancer therapy is envisaged. In particular, in anti-cancer therapy,combination with other anti-neoplastic agent (includingchemotherapeutic, hormonal or antibody agents) is envisaged as well ascombination with surgical therapy and radiotherapy. Combinationtherapies according to the present invention thus comprise theadministration of at least one compound of formula (I) or a salt orsolvate thereof, and the use of at least one other cancer treatmentmethod. Preferably, combination therapies according to the presentinvention comprise the administration of at least one compound offormula (I) or a salt or solvate thereof, and at least one otherpharmaceutically active agent, preferably an anti-neoplastic agent. Thecompound(s) of formula (I)) and the other pharmaceutically activeagent(s) may be administered together or separately and, whenadministered separately this may occur simultaneously or sequentially inany order (including administration on different days according to thetherapy regimen) and by any convenient route. The amounts of thecompound(s) of formula (II) and the other pharmaceutically activeagent(s) and the relative timings of administration will be selected inorder to achieve the desired combined therapeutic effect.

In one embodiment, the further anti-cancer therapy is at least oneadditional anti-neoplastic agent. Any anti-neoplastic agent that hasactivity versus a susceptible tumor being treated may be utilized in thecombination. Typical anti-neoplastic agents useful include, but are notlimited to, anti-microtubule agents such as diterpenoids and vincaalkaloids; platinum coordination complexes; alkylating agents such asnitrogen mustards, oxazaphosphorines, alkylsulfonates, nitrosoureas, andtriazenes; antibiotic agents such as anthracyclins, actinomycins andbleomycins; topoisomerase II inhibitors such as epipodophyllotoxins;antimetabolites such as purine and pyrimidine analogues and anti-folatecompounds; topoisomerase I inhibitors such as camptothecins; hormonesand hormonal analogues; signal transduction pathway inhibitors;nonreceptor tyrosine kinase angiogenesis inhibitors; immunotherapeuticagents; proapoptotic agents; and cell cycle signaling inhibitors.

Anti-microtubule or anti-mitotic agents are phase specific agents activeagainst the microtubules of tumor cells during M or the mitosis phase ofthe cell cycle. Examples of anti-microtubule agents include, but are notlimited to, diterpenoids and vinca alkaloids.

Diterpenoids, which are derived from natural sources, are phase specificanti-cancer agents that operate at the G₂/M phases of the cell cycle. Itis believed that the diterpenoids stabilize the β-tubulin subunit of themicrotubules, by binding with this protein. Disassembly of the proteinappears then to be inhibited with mitosis being arrested and cell deathfollowing. Examples of diterpenoids include, but are not limited to,paclitaxel and its analog docetaxel.

Paclitaxel, 5β,20-epoxy-1,2α,4,7β,10β,13α-hexa-hydroxytax-11-en-9-one4,10-diacetate 2-benzoate 13-ester with(2R,3S)—N-benzoyl-3-phenylisoserine; is a natural diterpene productisolated from the Pacific yew tree Taxus brevifolia and is commerciallyavailable as an injectable solution TAXOL®. It is a member of the taxanefamily of terpenes. Paclitaxel has been approved for clinical use in thetreatment of refractory ovarian cancer in the United States (Markman etal., Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, 64:583, 1991; McGuire et al.,Ann. Intern, Med., 111:273, 1989) and for the treatment of breast cancer(Holmes et al., J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 83:1797, 1991.) It is a potentialcandidate for treatment of neoplasms in the skin (Einzig et. al., Proc.Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol., 20:46) and head and neck carcinomas (Forastireet. al., Sem. Oncol., 20:56, 1990). The compound also shows potentialfor the treatment of polycystic kidney disease (Woo et. al., Nature,368:750. 1994), lung cancer and malaria. Treatment of patients withpaclitaxel results in bone marrow suppression (multiple cell lineages,Ignoff, R J. et. al, Cancer Chemotherapy Pocket Guide_(A) 1998) relatedto the duration of dosing above a threshold concentration (50 nM)(Kearns, C M. et. al., Seminars in Oncology, 3(6) p. 16-23, 1995).

Docetaxel, (2R,3S)—N-carboxy-3-phenylisoserine,N-te/f-butyl ester,13-ester with 5β-20-epoxy-1,2α,4,7β,10β,13α-hexahydroxytax-11-en-9-one4-acetate 2-benzoate, trihydrate; is commercially available as aninjectable solution as TAXOTERE®. Docetaxel is indicated for thetreatment of breast cancer. Docetaxel is a semisynthetic derivative ofpaclitaxel q.v., prepared using a natural precursor,10-deacetyl-baccatin III, extracted from the needle of the European Yewtree.

Vinca alkaloids are phase specific anti-neoplastic agents derived fromthe periwinkle plant. Vinca alkaloids act at the M phase (mitosis) ofthe cell cycle by binding specifically to tubulin. Consequently, thebound tubulin molecule is unable to polymerize into microtubules.Mitosis is believed to be arrested in metaphase with cell deathfollowing. Examples of vinca alkaloids include, but are not limited to,vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine.

Vinblastine, vincaleukoblastine sulfate, is commercially available asVELBAN® as an injectable solution. Although, it has possible indicationas a second line therapy of various solid tumors, it is primarilyindicated in the treatment of testicular cancer and various lymphomasincluding Hodgkin's Disease; and lymphocytic and histiocytic lymphomas.Myelosuppression is the dose limiting side effect of vinblastine.Vincristine, vincaleukoblastine, 22-oxo-, sulfate, is commerciallyavailable as ONCOVIN® as an injectable solution. Vincristine isindicated for the treatment of acute leukemias and has also found use intreatment regimens for Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's malignant lymphomas.Alopecia and neurologic effects are the most common side effect ofvincristine and to a lesser extent myelosupression and gastrointestinalmucositis effects occur.

Vinorelbine, 3′,4′-didehydro-4′-deoxy-C′-norvincaleukoblastine[R—(R*,R*)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate (1:2)(salt)], commerciallyavailable as an injectable solution of vinorelbine tartrate(NAVELBINE®), is a semisynthetic vinca alkaloid. Vinorelbine isindicated as a single agent or in combination with otherchemotherapeutic agents, such as cisplatin, in the treatment of varioussolid tumors, particularly non-small cell lung, advanced breast, andhormone refractory prostate cancers. Myelosuppression is the most commondose limiting side effect of vinorelbine.

Platinum coordination complexes are non-phase specific anti-canceragents, which are interactive with DNA. The platinum complexes entertumor cells, undergo, aquation and form intra- and interstrandcrosslinks with DNA causing adverse biological effects to the tumor.Examples of platinum coordination complexes include, but are not limitedto, oxaliplatin, cisplatin and carboplatin. Cisplatin,cis-diamminedichloroplatinum, is commercially available as PLATINOL® asan injectable solution. Cisplatin is primarily indicated in thetreatment of metastatic testicular and ovarian cancer and advancedbladder cancer. Carboplatin, platinum, diammine[1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylate(2-)-O,O′], is commercially available asPARAPLATIN® as an injectable solution. Carboplatin is primarilyindicated in the first and second line treatment of advanced ovariancarcinoma.

Alkylating agents are non-phase anti-cancer specific agents and strongelectrophiles. Typically, alkylating agents form covalent linkages, byalkylation, to DNA through nucleophilic moieties of the DNA moleculesuch as phosphate, amino, sulfhydryl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and imidazolegroups. Such alkylation disrupts nucleic acid function leading to celldeath. Examples of alkylating agents include, but are not limited to,nitrogen mustards such as cyclophosphamide, melphalan, and chlorambucil;alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan; nitrosoureas such as carmustine; andtriazenes such as dacarbazine. Cyclophosphamide,2-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]tetrahydro-2H-1,3,2-oxazaphosphorine 2-oxidemonohydrate, is commercially available as an injectable solution ortablets as CYTOXAN®. Cyclophosphamide is indicated as a single agent orin combination with other chemotherapeutic agents, in the treatment ofmalignant lymphomas, multiple myeloma, and leukemias. Melphalan,4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-l-phenylalanine, is commercially availableas an injectable solution or tablets as ALKERAN®. Melphalan is indicatedfor the palliative treatment of multiple myeloma and non-resectableepithelial carcinoma of the ovary. Bone marrow suppression is the mostcommon dose limiting side effect of melphalan. Chlorambucil,4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]benzenebutanoic acid, is commerciallyavailable as LEUKERAN® tablets. Chlorambucil is indicated for thepalliative treatment of chronic lymphatic leukemia, and malignantlymphomas such as lymphosarcoma, giant follicular lymphoma, andHodgkin's disease. Busulfan, 1,4-butanediol dimethanesulfonate, iscommercially available as MYLERAN® TABLETS. Busulfan is indicated forthe palliative treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia. Carmustine,1,3-[bis(2-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea, is commercially available assingle vials of lyophilized material as BiCNU®. Carmustine is indicatedfor the palliative treatment as a single agent or in combination withother agents for brain tumors, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's disease, andnon-Hodgkin's lymphomas. Dacarbazine,5-(3,3-dimethyl-1-triazeno)-imidazole-4-carboxamide, is commerciallyavailable as single vials of material as DTIC-Dome®. Dacarbazine isindicated for the treatment of metastatic malignant melanoma and incombination with other agents for the second line treatment of Hodgkin'sDisease.

Antibiotic anti-neoplasties are non-phase specific agents, which bind orintercalate with DNA. Typically, such action results in stable DNAcomplexes or strand breakage, which disrupts ordinary function of thenucleic acids leading to cell death. Examples of antibioticanti-neoplastic agents include, but are not limited to, actinomycinssuch as dactinomycin, anthrocyclins such as daunorubicin anddoxorubicin; and bleomycins. Dactinomycin, also know as Actinomycin D,is commercially available in injectable form as COSMEGEN®. Dactinomycinis indicated for the treatment of Wilm's tumor and rhabdomyosarcoma.Daunorubicin,(8S-cis-)-8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-α-l-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-5,12naphthacenedione hydrochloride, is commercially available as a liposomalinjectable form as DAUNOXOME® or as an injectable as CERUBIDINE®.Daunorubicin is indicated for remission induction in the treatment ofacute nonlymphocytic leukemia and advanced HIV associated Kaposi'ssarcoma. Doxorubicin,(8S,10S)-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-α-l-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-8-glycoloyl,7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-5,12 naphthacenedionehydrochloride, is commercially available as an injectable form as RUBEX®or ADRIAMYCIN RDF®. Doxorubicin is primarily indicated for the treatmentof acute lymphoblastic leukemia and acute myeloblasts leukemia, but isalso a useful component in the treatment of some solid tumors andlymphomas. Bleomycin, a mixture of cytotoxic glycopeptide antibioticsisolated from a strain of Streptomyces verticillus, is commerciallyavailable as BLENOXAN E®. Bleomycin is indicated as a palliativetreatment, as a single agent or in combination with other agents, ofsquamous cell carcinoma, lymphomas, and testicular carcinomas.

Topoisomerase II inhibitors include, but are not limited to,epipodophyllotoxins. Epipodophyllotoxins are phase specificanti-neoplastic agents derived from the mandrake plant.Epipodophyllotoxins typically affect cells in the S and G₂ phases of thecell cycle by forming a ternary complex with topoisomerase II and DNAcausing DNA strand breaks. The strand breaks accumulate and cell deathfollows. Examples of epipodophyllotoxins include, but are not limitedto, etoposide and teniposide. Etoposide, 4′-demethyl-epipodophyllotoxin9[4,6-0-(R)-ethylidene-β-D-glucopyranoside], is commercially availableas an injectable solution or capsules as VePESID® and is commonly knownas VP-16. Etoposide is indicated as a single agent or in combinationwith other chemotherapy agents in the treatment of testicular andnon-small cell lung cancers. Teniposide, 4′-demethyl-epipodophyllotoxin9[4,6-0-(R)-thenylidene-β-D-glucopyranoside], is commercially availableas an injectable solution as VUMON® and is commonly known as VM-26.Teniposide is indicated as a single agent or in combination with otherchemotherapy agents in the treatment of acute leukemia in children.

Antimetabolite neoplastic agents are phase specific anti-neoplasticagents that act at S phase (DNA synthesis) of the cell cycle byinhibiting DNA synthesis or by inhibiting purine or pyrimidine basesynthesis and thereby limiting DNA synthesis. Consequently, S phase doesnot proceed and cell death follows. Examples of antimetaboliteanti-neoplastic agents include, but are not limited to, fluorouracil,methotrexate, cytarabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, and gemcitabine.5-fluorouracil, 5-fluoro-2,4-(1H,3H) pyrimidinedione, is commerciallyavailable as fluorouracil. Administration of 5-fluorouracil leads toinhibition of thymidylate synthesis and is also incorporated into bothRNA and DNA. The result typically is cell death. 5-fluorouracil isindicated as a single agent or in combination with other chemotherapyagents in the treatment of carcinomas of the breast, colon, rectum,stomach and pancreas. Other fluoropyrimidine analogs include 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (floxuridine) and 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate.

Cytarabine, 4-amino-1-β-D-arabinofuranosyl-2(1H)-pyrimidinone, iscommercially available as CYTOSAR-U® and is commonly known as Ara-C. Itis believed that cytarabine exhibits cell phase specificity at S-phaseby inhibiting DNA chain elongation by terminal incorporation ofcytarabine into the growing DNA chain. Cytarabine is indicated as asingle agent or in combination with other chemotherapy agents in thetreatment of acute leukemia. Other cytidine analogs include5-azacytidine and 2′,2′-difluorodeoxycytidine (gemcitabine).Mercaptopurine, 1,7-dihydro-6H-purine-6-thione monohydrate, iscommercially available as PURINETHOL®. Mercaptopurine exhibits cellphase specificity at S-phase by inhibiting DNA synthesis by an as of yetunspecified mechanism. Mercaptopurine is indicated as a single agent orin combination with other chemotherapy agents in the treatment of acuteleukemia. A useful mercaptopurine analog is azathioprine. Thioguanine,2-amino-1,7-dihydro-6H-purine-6-thione, is commercially available asTABLOID®. Thioguanine exhibits cell phase specificity at S-phase byinhibiting DNA synthesis by an as of yet unspecified mechanism.Thioguanine is indicated as a single agent or in combination with otherchemotherapy agents in the treatment of acute leukemia. Other purineanalogs include pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine, fludarabinephosphate, and cladribine. Gemcitabine, 2′-deoxy-2′,2′-difluorocytidinemonohydrochloride (β-isomer), is commercially available as GEMZAR®.Gemcitabine exhibits cell phase specificity at S-phase and by blockingprogression of cells through the G1/S boundary. Gemcitabine is indicatedin combination with cisplatin in the treatment of locally advancednon-small cell lung cancer and alone in the treatment of locallyadvanced pancreatic cancer. Methotrexate,N-[4[[(2,4-diamino-6-pteridinyl)methyl]methylamino]benzoyl]-l-glutamicacid, is commercially available as methotrexate sodium. Methotrexateexhibits cell phase effects specifically at S-phase by inhibiting DNAsynthesis, repair and/or replication through the inhibition ofdyhydrofolic acid reductase which is required for synthesis of purinenucleotides and thymidylate. Methotrexate is indicated as a single agentor in combination with other chemotherapy agents in the treatment ofchoriocarcinoma, meningeal leukemia, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, andcarcinomas of the breast, head, neck, ovary and bladder.

Camptothecins, including, camptothecin and camptothecin derivatives areavailable or under development as Topoisomerase I inhibitors.Camptothecins cytotoxic activity is believed to be related to itsTopoisomerase I inhibitory activity. Examples of camptothecins include,but are not limited to irinotecan, topotecan, and the various opticalforms of7-(4-methylpiperazino-methylene)-10,11-ethylenedioxy-20-camptothecindescribed below. Irinotecan HCl,(4S)-4,11-diethyl-4-hydroxy-9-[(4-piperidinopiperidino)carbonyloxy]-1H-pyrano[3′,4′,6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,14(4H,12H)-dionehydrochloride, is commercially available as the injectable solutionCAMPTOSAR®. Irinotecan is a derivative of camptothecin which binds,along with its active metabolite SN-38, to the topoisomerase I-DNAcomplex. It is believed that cytotoxicity occurs as a result ofirreparable double strand breaks caused by interaction of thetopoisomerase I: DNA: irintecan or SN-38 ternary complex withreplication enzymes. Irinotecan is indicated for treatment of metastaticcancer of the colon or rectum. Topotecan HCl,(S)-10-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-ethyl-4,9-dihydroxy-1H-pyrano[3′,4′,6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,14-(4H,12H)-dionemonohydrochloride, is commercially available as the injectable solutionHYCAMTIN®. Topotecan is a derivative of camptothecin which binds to thetopoisomerase I-DNA complex and prevents religation of singles strandbreaks caused by Topoisomerase I in response to torsional strain of theDNA molecule. Topotecan is indicated for second line treatment ofmetastatic carcinoma of the ovary and small cell lung cancer.

Hormones and hormonal analogues are useful compounds for treatingcancers in which there is a relationship between the hormone(s) andgrowth and/or lack of growth of the cancer. Examples of hormones andhormonal analogues useful in cancer treatment include, but are notlimited to, adrenocorticosteroids such as prednisone and prednisolonewhich are useful in the treatment of malignant lymphoma and acuteleukemia in children; aminoglutethimide and other aromatase inhibitorssuch as anastrozole, letrazole, vorazole, and exemestane useful in thetreatment of adrenocortical carcinoma and hormone dependent breastcarcinoma containing estrogen receptors; progestrins such as megestrolacetate useful in the treatment of hormone dependent breast cancer andendometrial carcinoma; estrogens, androgens, and anti-androgens such asflutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, cyproterone acetate and5α-reductases such as finasteride and dutasteride, useful in thetreatment of prostatic carcinoma and benign prostatic hypertrophy;anti-estrogens such as tamoxifen, toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene,iodoxyfene, as well as selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMS)such those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,681,835, 5,877,219, and6,207,716, useful in the treatment of hormone dependent breast carcinomaand other susceptible cancers; and gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)and analogues thereof which stimulate the release of leutinizing hormone(LH) and/or follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) for the treatmentprostatic carcinoma, for instance, LHRH agonists and antagagonists suchas goserelin acetate and luprolide.

Signal transduction pathway inhibitors are those inhibitors, which blockor inhibit a chemical process which evokes an intracellular change. Asused herein this change is cell proliferation or differentiation. Signaltransduction inhibitors useful in the present invention includeinhibitors of receptor tyrosine kinases, non-receptor tyrosine kinases,SH2/SH3 domain blockers, serine/threonine kinases, phosphotidylinositol-3 kinases, myo-inositol signaling, and Ras oncogenes.

Several protein tyrosine kinases catalyse the phosphorylation ofspecific tyrosyl residues in various proteins involved in the regulationof cell growth. Such protein tyrosine kinases can be broadly classifiedas receptor or non-receptor kinases.

Receptor tyrosine kinases are transmembrane proteins having anextracellular ligand binding domain, a transmembrane domain, and atyrosine kinase domain. Receptor tyrosine kinases are involved in theregulation of cell growth and are generally termed growth factorreceptors. Inappropriate or uncontrolled activation of many of thesekinases, i.e. aberrant kinase growth factor receptor activity, forexample by over-expression or mutation, has been shown to result inuncontrolled cell growth. Accordingly, the aberrant activity of suchkinases has been linked to malignant tissue growth. Consequently,inhibitors of such kinases could provide cancer treatment methods.Growth factor receptors include, for example, epidermal growth factorreceptor (EGFr), platelet derived growth factor receptor (PDGFr), erbB2,erbB4, ret, vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFr),tyrosine kinase with immunoglobulin-like and epidermal growth factorhomology domains (TIE-2), insulin growth factor-I (IGFI) receptor,macrophage colony stimulating factor (cfms), BTK, ckit, cmet, fibroblastgrowth factor (FGF) receptors, Trk receptors (TrkA, TrkB, and TrkC),ephrin (eph) receptors, and the RET protooncogene. Several inhibitors ofgrowth receptors are under development and include ligand antagonists,antibodies, tyrosine kinase inhibitors and anti-sense oligonucleotides.Growth factor receptors and agents that inhibit growth factor receptorfunction are described, for instance, in Kath, John C, Exp. Opin. Ther.Patents (2000) 10(6):803-818; Shawver et at DDT Vol 2, No. 2 Feb. 1997;and Lofts, F. J. et al, “Growth factor receptors as targets”, NewMolecular Targets for Cancer Chemotherapy, ed. Workman, Paul and Kerr,David, CRC press 1994, London.

Tyrosine kinases, which are not growth factor receptor kinases aretermed nonreceptor tyrosine kinases. Non-receptor tyrosine kinasesuseful in the present invention, which are targets or potential targetsof anti-cancer drugs, include cSrc, Lck, Fyn, Yes, Jak, cAbl, FAK (Focaladhesion kinase), Brutons tyrosine kinase, and Bcr-Abl. Suchnon-receptor kinases and agents which inhibit non-receptor tyrosinekinase function are described in Sinh, S, and Corey, S. J., (1999)Journal of Hematotherapy and Stem Cell Research 8 (5): 465-80; andBolen, J. B., Brugge, J. S., (1997) Annual review of Immunology. 15:371-404. SH2/SH3 domain blockers are agents that disrupt SH2 or SH3domain binding in a variety of enzymes or adaptor proteins including,PI3-K p85 subunit, Src family kinases, adaptor molecules (She, Crk, Nek,Grb2) and Ras-GAP. SH2/SH3 domains as targets for anti-cancer drugs arediscussed in Smithgall, T. E. (1995), Journal of Pharmacological andToxicological Methods. 34(3) 125-32.

Inhibitors of Serine/Threonine Kinases including MAP kinase cascadeblockers which include blockers of Raf kinases (rafk), Mitogen orExtracellular Regulated Kinase (MEKs), and Extracellular RegulatedKinases (ERKs); and Protein kinase C family member blockers includingblockers of PKCs (alpha, beta, gamma, epsilon, mu, lambda, iota, zeta).1 kB kinase family (IKKa, IKKb), PKB family kinases, akt kinase familymembers, and TGF beta receptor kinases. Such Serine/Threonine kinasesand inhibitors thereof are described in Yamamoto, T., Taya, S.,Kaibuchi, K., (1999), Journal of Biochemistry. 126 (5) 799-803; Brodt,P, Samani, A., and Navab, R. (2000), Biochemical Pharmacology, 60.1101-1107; Massague, J., Weis-Garcia, F. (1996) Cancer Surveys.27:41-64; Philip, P. A., and Harris, A. L. (1995), Cancer Treatment andResearch. 78: 3-27, Lackey, K. et al Bioorganic and Medicinal ChemistryLetters, (10), 2000, 223-226; U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,391; andMartinez-Iacaci, L., et al, Int. J. Cancer (2000), 88(1), 44-52.

Inhibitors of Phosphotidyl inositol-3 Kinase family members includingblockers of PI3-kinase, ATM, DNA-PK, and Ku are also useful in thepresent invention. Such kinases are discussed in Abraham, R T. (1996),Current Opinion in Immunology. 8 (3) 412-8; Canman, C. E., Lim, D. S.(1998), Oncogene 17 (25) 3301-3308; Jackson, S. P. (1997), InternationalJournal of Biochemistry and Cell Biology. 29 (7):935-8; and Zhong, H. etal, Cancer res, (2000) 60(6), 1541-1545.

Also useful in the present invention are Myo-inositol signalinginhibitors such as phospholipase C blockers and Myoinositol analogues.Such signal inhibitors are described in Powis, G., and Kozikowski A.,(1994) New Molecular Targets for Cancer Chemotherapy ed., Paul Workmanand David Kerr, CRC press 1994, London.

Another group of signal transduction pathway inhibitors are inhibitorsof Ras Oncogene. Such inhibitors include inhibitors offarnesyltransferase, geranyl-geranyl transferase, and CAAX proteases aswell as anti-sense oligonucleotides, ribozymes and immunotherapy. Suchinhibitors have been shown to block ras activation in cells containingwild type mutant ras, thereby acting as antiproliferation agents. Rasoncogene inhibition is discussed in Scharovsky, O. G., Rozados, V. R.,Gervasoni, S. I. Matar, P. (2000), Journal of Biomedical Science. 7(4)292-8; Ashby, M. N. (1998), Current Opinion in Lipidology. 9 (2) 99-102;and BioChim. Biophys. Acta, (1989) 1423(3):19-30.

As mentioned above, antibody antagonists to receptor kinase ligandbinding may also serve as signal transduction inhibitors. This group ofsignal transduction pathway inhibitors includes the use of humanizedantibodies to the extracellular ligand binding domain of receptortyrosine kinases. For example Imclone C225 EGFR specific antibody (seeGreen, M. C. et al, Monoclonal Antibody Therapy for Solid Tumors, CancerTreat. Rev., (2000), 26(4), 269-286); Herceptin® erbB2 antibody (seeTyrosine Kinase Signalling in Breast canceπerbB Family Receptor TyrosineKniases, Breast cancer Res., 2000, 2(3), 176-183); and 2CB VEGFR2specific antibody (see Brekken, R. A. et al, Selective Inhibition ofVEGFR2Activity by a monoclonal Anti-VEGF antibody blocks tumor growth inmice, Cancer Res. (2000) 60, 5117-5124).

Anti-angiogenic agents including non-receptorkinase angiogenesisinhibitors may also be useful. Anti-angiogenic agents such as thosewhich inhibit the effects of vascular edothelial growth factor, (forexample the anti-vascular endothelial cell growth factor antibodybevacizumab [Avastin™], and compounds that work by other mechanisms (forexample linomide, inhibitors of integrin αvβ3 function, endostatin andangiostatin).

Agents used in immunotherapeutic regimens may also be useful incombination with the compounds of formula (I). Immunotherapy approaches,including for example ex-vivo and in-vivo approaches to increase theimmunogenecity of patient tumour cells, such as transfection withcytokines such as interleukin 2, interleukin 4 or granulocyte-macrophagecolony stimulating factor, approaches to decrease T-cell anergy,approaches using transfected immune cells such as cytokine-transfecteddendritic cells, approaches using cytokine-transfected tumour cell linesand approaches using anti-idiotypic antibodies.

Agents used in proapoptotic regimens (e.g., bcl-2 antisenseoligonucleotides) may also be used in the combination of the presentinvention.

Cell cycle signalling inhibitors inhibit molecules involved in thecontrol of the cell cycle. A family of protein kinases called cyclindependent kinases (CDKs) and their interaction with a family of proteinstermed cyclins controls progression through the eukaryotic cell cycle.The coordinate activation and inactivation of different cyclin/CDKcomplexes is necessary for normal progression through the cell cycle.Several inhibitors of cell cycle signalling are under development. Forinstance, examples of cyclin dependent kinases, including CDK2, CDK4,and CDK6 and inhibitors for the same are described in, for instance,Rosania et al, Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents (2000) 10(2):215-230.

For the treatment or prophylaxis of pulmonary disorders,anticholinergics of potential use in treating asthma, COPD, bronchitis,and the like, and therefore useful as an additional therapeutic agentinclude antagonists of the muscarinic receptor (particularly of the M3subtype) which have shown therapeutic efficacy in man for the control ofcholinergic tone in COPD (Witek, 1999);1-{4-Hydroxy-1-[3,3,3-tris-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-propionyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-amide;3-[3-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2-phenyl-propionyloxy]-8-isopropyl-8-methyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane(Ipratropium-N,N-diethylglycinate);1-Cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl ester (Solifenacin);2-Hydroxymethyl-4-methanesulfinyl-2-phenyl-butyric acid1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl ester (Revatropate);2-{1-[2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-ethyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-2,2-diphenyl-acetamide(Darifenacin); 4-Azepan-1-yl-2,2-diphenyl-butyramide (Buzepide);

-   7-[3-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2-phenyl-propionyloxy]-9-ethyl-9-methyl-3-oxa-9-azonia-tricyclo[3.3.1.02,4]nonane    (Oxitropium-N,N-diethylglycinate);    7-[2-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-acetoxy]-9,9-dimethyl-3-oxa-9-azonia-tricyclo[3.3.1.02,4]nonane    (Tiotropium-N,N-diethylglycinate); Dimethylamino-acetic acid    2-(3-diisopropylamino-1-phenyl-propyl)-4-methyl-phenyl ester    (Tolterodine-N,N-dimethylglycinate);    3-[4,4-Bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-imidazolidin-1-yl]-1-methyl-1-(2-oxo-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl)-pyrrolidinium;-   1-[1-(3-Fluoro-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-4,4-bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-imidazolidin-2-one;-   1-Cyclooctyl-3-(3-methoxy-1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl)-1-phenyl-prop-2-yn-1-ol;-   3-[2-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-acetoxy]-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-1-azonia-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane    (Aclidinium-N,N-diethylglycinate); or    (2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-di-thiophen-2-yl-acetic acid    1-methyl-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl ester; beta-2 agonist    used to treat broncho-constriction in asthma, COPD and bronchitis    include salmeterol and albuterol; anti-inflammatory signal    transduction modulators for asthma.

With regard to the pulmonary condition of asthma, those skilled in theart appreciate that asthma is a chronic inflammatory disease of theairways resulting from the infiltration of pro-inflammatory cells,mostly eosinophils and activated T-lymphocytes into the bronchial mucosaand submucosa. The secretion of potent chemical mediators, includingcytokines, by these proinflammatory cells alters mucosal permeability,mucus production, and causes smooth muscle contraction. All of thesefactors lead to an increased reactivity of the airways to a wide varietyof irritant stimuli (Kaliner, 1988). Targeting signal transductionpathways is an attractive approach to treating inflammatory diseases, asthe same pathways are usually involved in several cell types andregulate several coordinated inflammatory processes, hence modulatorshave the prospect of a wide spectrum of beneficial effects. Multipleinflammatory signals activate a variety of cell surface receptors thatactivate a limited number of signal transduction pathways, most of whichinvolve cascades of kinases. These kinases in turn may activatetranscription factors that regulate multiple inflammatory genes.Applying “anti-inflammatory signal transduction modulators” (referred toin this text as AISTM), like phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g. PDE-4,PDE-5, or PDE-7 specific), transcription factor inhibitors (e.g.blocking NFκB through IKK inhibition), or kinase inhibitors (e.g.blocking P38 MAP, JNK, PI3K, EGFR or Syk) is a logical approach toswitching off inflammation as these small molecules target a limitednumber of common intracellular pathways—those signal transductionpathways that are critical points for the anti-inflammatory therapeuticintervention (see review by P. J. Barnes, 2006).

Additional therapeutic agents include:5-(2,4-Difluoro-phenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-amide (P38 Map kinase inhibitor ARRY-797);3-Cyclopropylmethoxy-N-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-4-difluorormethoxy-benzamide(PDE-4 inhibitor Roflumilast);4-[2-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-ethyl]-pyridine (PDE-4inhibitor CDP-840);N-(3,5-dichloro-4-pyridinyl)-4-(difluoromethoxy)-8-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-1-dibenzofurancarboxamide(PDE-4 inhibitor Oglemilast);N-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-2-[1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5-hydroxy-1H-indol-3-yl]-2-oxo-acetamide(PDE-4 inhibitor AWD 12-281);8-Methoxy-2-trifluoromethyl-quinoline-5-carboxylic acid(3,5-dichloro-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-amide (PDE-4 inhibitor Sch 351591);4-[5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methanesulfinyl-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-pyridine(P38 inhibitor SB-203850);4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-5-pyridin-4-yl-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-but-3-yn-1-ol(P38 inhibitor RWJ-67657);4-Cyano-4-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid2-diethylamino-ethyl ester (2-diethyl-ethyl ester prodrug of Cilomilast,PDE-4 inhibitor);(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-[7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propoxy)-quinazolin-4-yl]-amine(Gefitinib, EGFR inhibitor); and4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide(Imatinib, EGFR inhibitor).

Moreover, asthma is a chronic inflammatory disease of the airwaysproduced by the infiltration of pro-inflammatory cells, mostlyeosinophils and activated T-lymphocytes (Poston, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis.,145 (4 Pt 1), 918-921, 1992; Walker, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 88 (6),935-42, 1991) into the bronchial mucosa and submucosa. The secretion ofpotent chemical mediators, including cytokines, by these proinflammatorycells alters mucosal permeability, mucus production, and causes smoothmuscle contraction. All of these factors lead to an increased reactivityof the airways to a wide variety of irritant stimuli (Kaliner,“Bronchial asthma, Immunologic diseases” E. M. Samter, Boston, Little,Brown and Company: 117-118. 1988).

Glucocorticoids, which were first introduced as an asthma therapy in1950 (Carryer, Journal of Allergy, 21, 282-287, 1950), remain the mostpotent and consistently effective therapy for this disease, althoughtheir mechanism of action is not yet fully understood (Morris, J.Allergy Clin. Immunol., 75 (1 Pt) 1-13, 1985). Unfortunately, oralglucocorticoid therapies are associated with profound undesirable sideeffects such as truncal obesity, hypertension, glaucoma, glucoseintolerance, acceleration of cataract formation, bone mineral loss, andpsychological effects, all of which limit their use as long-termtherapeutic agents (Goodman and Gilman, 10th edition, 2001). A solutionto systemic side effects is to deliver steroid drugs directly to thesite of inflammation. Inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) have been developedto mitigate the severe adverse effects of oral steroids. While ICS arevery effective in controlling inflammation in asthma, they too are notprecisely delivered to the optimal site of action in the lungs andproduce unwanted side effects in the mouth and pharynx (candidiasis,sore throat, dysphonia). Combinations of inhaled β2-adrenoreceptoragonist bronchodilators such as formoterol or salmeterol with ICS's arealso used to treat both the bronchoconstriction and the inflammationassociated with asthma and COPD (Symbicort® and Advair®, respectively).However, these combinations have the side effects of both the ICS's andthe β2-adrenoreceptor agonist because of systemic absorption(tachycardia, ventricular dysrhythmias, hypokalemia) primarily becauseneither agent is delivered to the optimal sites of actions in the lungs.In consideration of all problems and disadvantages connected with theadverse side effect profile of ICS and of β2-agonists it would be highlyadvantageous to provide mutual steroid-β2-agonist prodrug to mask thepharmacological properties of both steroids and β2-agonists until such aprodrug reaches the lungs, thereby mitigating the oropharyngeal sideeffects of ICS and cardiovascular side-effects of β2-agonists. In oneaspect, such a mutual steroid-β2-agonist prodrug would be effectivelydelivered to the endobronchial space and converted to active drugs bythe action of lung enzymes, thereby delivering to the site ofinflammation and bronchoconstriction a therapeutic amount of both drugs.An anti-inflammatory agent for combination therapy includesdexamethasone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, fluorometholone,fluorometholone acetate, loteprednol, loteprednol etabonate,hydrocortisone, prednisolone, fludrocortisones, triamcinolone,triamcinolone acetonide, betamethasone, beclomethasone diproprionate,methylprednisolone, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetonide, flunisolide,fluocortin-21-butylate, flumethasone, flumetasone pivalate, budesonide,halobetasol propionate, mometasone furoate, fluticasone propionate,ciclesonide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The immune response to certain antigens can be enhanced through the useof immune potentiators, known as vaccine adjuvants. A discussion ofimmunological adjuvants can be found in “Current Status of ImmunologicalAdjuvants”, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 1986, 4, pp. 369-388 and “RecentAdvances in Vaccine Adjuvants and Delivery Systems” by D. T. O'Hagan andN. M. Valiante. The disclosures of U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,806,352; 5,026,543;and 5,026,546 describe various vaccine adjuvants appearing in the patentliterature. Each of these references is hereby incorporated by referencein their entireties.

In one embodiment of the instant invention, provided are methods ofadministering a vaccine by administering a compound of Formula II aloneor in combination with antigens and/or other agents. In anotherembodiment, immune responses to vaccines using antigenic epitopes fromsources such as synthetic peptides, bacterial, or viral antigens areenhanced by co-administration of the compounds of Formula II. In otherembodiments, the instant invention provides immunogenic compositionscomprising one or more antigens and a compound of Formula II effectiveto stimulate a cell mediated response to said one or more antigens.

In another embodiment, compounds of Formula II can be used in themanufacture of a medicament for enhancing the immune response to anantigen. Other embodiments provide the use of the compound of Formula IIin the manufacture of a medicament for immune stimulation, and anotheragent, such as an antigen, for simultaneous, separate or sequentialadministration.

In another embodiment, provided is a pharmaceutical preparationcomprising (a) a compound of Formula II and (b) an antigen, wherein (a)and (b) are either in admixture or are separate compositions. Theseembodiments are for simultaneous, separate or sequential administration.When in separate compositions, the compound of Formula II may beadministered may be administered enterally, orally, parenterally,sublingually, intradermally, by inhalation spray, rectally, or topicallyin dosage unit formulations that include conventional nontoxicpharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles asdesired. For example, suitable modes of administration include oral,subcutaneous, transdermal, transmucosal, iontophoretic, intravenous,intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, subdermal, rectal, and thelike. Topical administration may also include the use of transdermaladministration such as transdermal patches or ionophoresis devices. Theterm parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections,intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, or infusiontechniques. orally, topically, nasally, rectally, by inhalation or byinjection.

In another embodiment, compounds of Formula II are used as polyclonalactivators for the production of antigens. More particularly theinvention relates to a method of preparing monoclonal antibodies with adesired antigen specificity comprising contacting a compound of Formulawith immortalized memory B cells. The monoclonal antibodies producedtherefrom, or fragments thereof, may be used for the treatment ofdisease, for the prevention of disease or for the diagnosis of disease.

Vaccines or immunogenic compositions of the instant invention comprisinga compound of Formula II may be administered in conjunction with one ormore immunoregulatory agents. In particular, compositions can includeanother adjuvant. Adjuvants for use with the invention include, but arenot limited to, mineral containing compositions such as calcium oraluminium salts, for example AIK(SO₄)₂, Al(OH)₃, AlPO₄, or combinationsthereof. Other adjuvants include oil-emulsions, particularly submicronoil-in-water emulsions such as those described in WO90/14837, U.S. Pat.No. 6,299,884 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,452,325. Other adjuvants includesaponin formulations such as QS7, QS17, QS18, QS21, QH-A, QH-B and QH-C,see U.S. Pat. No. 5,057,540 and Barr, et al. Advanced Drug DeliveryReviews (1998), 32:247-271. Other adjuvants include virosomes and viruslike particles (VLPs) (Gluck, et al., Vaccine (2002) 20:B10-B16, US20090263470); bacterial or microbial derivatives, Lipid A derivatives,immunostimulartory oligonucleotides, ADP-ribosylating toxins anddetoxified derivaties thereof, bioadhesives and mucoadhesives,microparticles, liposomes, polyphasphazene (PCPP), and other smallmolecule immunopotentiators. One or more of the above named adjuvantsmay be used in a vaccine combination with a compound of Formula II.

The invention is also directed to methods of administering theimmunogenic compositions of the invention, wherein the immunogeniccomposition includes in one embodiment one or more adjuvants andantigens as described herein in combination with a compound of FormulaII. In some embodiments, the immunogenic composition is administered tothe subject in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response. Theamount that constitutes an effective amount depends, inter alia, on theparticular immunogenic composition used, the particular adjuvantcompound being administered and the amount thereof, the immune responsethat is to be enhanced (humoral or cell mediated), the state of theimmune system (e.g., suppressed, compromised, stimulated), and thedesired therapeutic result. Accordingly it is not practical to set forthgenerally the amount that constitutes an effective amount of theimmunogenic composition. Those of ordinary skill in the art, however,can readily determine the appropriate amount with due consideration ofsuch factors.

The immunogenic compositions of the present invention can be used in themanufacture of a vaccine. Suitable vaccines include, but are not limitedto, any material that raises either or both humoral or cell mediatedimmune response. Suitable vaccines can include live viral and bacterialantigens and inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal,organism-derived, fungal, and bacterial antigens, toxoids, toxins,polysaccharides, proteins, glycoproteins, peptides, and the like.

Compositions of a compound of Formula II may be administered inconjunction with one or more antigens for use in therapeutic,prophylactic, or diagnostic methods of the instant invention. In anotheraspect of this embodiment, these compositions may be used to treat orprevent infections caused by pathogens. In another aspect of thisembodiment, these compostions may also be combined with an adjuvant asdescribed supra.

Antigens for use with the invention include, but are not limited to, oneor more of the antigens comprising bacterial antigens, viral antigens,fungal antigens, antigens from sexually transmitted diseases (STD),respiratory antigens, pediatric vaccine antigens, antigens suitable foruse in elderly or immunocompromised individuals, antigens suitable foruse in adolescent vaccines, and tumor antigens.

In yet another embodiment, the present application disclosespharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the presentinvention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combinationwith at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier or excipient. In yet another embodiment, the presentapplication provides a combination pharmaceutical agent with two or moretherapeutic agents in a unitary dosage form. Thus, it is also possibleto combine any compound of the invention with one or more other activeagents in a unitary dosage form.

The combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous orsequential regimen. When administered sequentially, the combination maybe administered in two or more administrations.

Co-administration of a compound of the invention with one or more otheractive agents generally refers to simultaneous or sequentialadministration of a compound of the invention and one or more otheractive agents, such that therapeutically effective amounts of thecompound of the invention and one or more other active agents are bothpresent in the body of the patient.

Co-administration includes administration of unit dosages of thecompounds of the invention before or after administration of unitdosages of one or more other active agents, for example, administrationof the compounds of the invention within seconds, minutes, or hours ofthe administration of one or more other active agents. For example, aunit dose of a compound of the invention can be administered first,followed within seconds or minutes by administration of a unit dose ofone or more other active agents. Alternatively, a unit dose of one ormore other active agents can be administered first, followed byadministration of a unit dose of a compound of the invention withinseconds or minutes. In some cases, it may be desirable to administer aunit dose of a compound of the invention first, followed, after a periodof hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of one ormore other active agents. In other cases, it may be desirable toadminister a unit dose of one or more other active agents first,followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administrationof a unit dose of a compound of the invention.

The combination therapy may provide “synergy” and “synergistic effect”,i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together isgreater than the sum of the effects that results from using thecompounds separately. A synergistic effect may be attained when theactive ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or deliveredsimultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternationor in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect may beattained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially,e.g., in separate tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injectionsin separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, aneffective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially,i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of twoor more active ingredients are administered together.

Methods of Treatment

As used herein, an “agonist” is a substance that stimulates its bindingpartner, typically a receptor. Stimulation is defined in the context ofthe particular assay, or may be apparent in the literature from adiscussion herein that makes a comparison to a factor or substance thatis accepted as an “agonist” or an “antagonist” of the particular bindingpartner under substantially similar circumstances as appreciated bythose of skill in the art. Stimulation may be defined with respect to anincrease in a particular effect or function that is induced byinteraction of the agonist or partial agonist with a binding partner andcan include allosteric effects.

As used herein, an “antagonist” is a substance that inhibits its bindingpartner, typically a receptor. Inhibition is defined in the context ofthe particular assay, or may be apparent in the literature from adiscussion herein that makes a comparison to a factor or substance thatis accepted as an “agonist” or an “antagonist” of the particular bindingpartner under substantially similar circumstances as appreciated bythose of skill in the art. Inhibition may be defined with respect to adecrease in a particular effect or function that is induced byinteraction of the antagonist with a binding partner, and can includeallosteric effects.

As used herein, a “partial agonist” or a “partial antagonist” is asubstance that provides a level of stimulation or inhibition,respectively, to its binding partner that is not fully or completelyagonistic or antagonistic, respectively. It will be recognized thatstimulation, and hence, inhibition is defined intrinsically for anysubstance or category of substances to be defined as agonists,antagonists, or partial agonists.

As used herein, “intrinsic activity” or “efficacy” relates to somemeasure of biological effectiveness of the binding partner complex. Withregard to receptor pharmacology, the context in which intrinsic activityor efficacy should be defined will depend on the context of the bindingpartner (e.g., receptor/ligand) complex and the consideration of anactivity relevant to a particular biological outcome. For example, insome circumstances, intrinsic activity may vary depending on theparticular second messenger system involved. Where such contextuallyspecific evaluations are relevant, and how they might be relevant in thecontext of the present invention, will be apparent to one of ordinaryskill in the art.

As used herein, modulation of a receptor includes agonism, partialagonism, antagonism, partial antagonism, or inverse agonism of areceptor.

As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, when treating aviral infection such as HCV, HBV, or HIV, such treatment may becharacterized in a variety of ways and measured by a variety ofendpoints. The scope of the present invention is intended to encompassall such characterizations.

In one embodiment, the method can be used to induce an immune responseagainst multiple epitopes of a viral infection in a human. Induction ofan immune response against viral infection can be assessed using anytechnique that is known by those of skill in the art for determiningwhether an immune response has occurred. Suitable methods of detectingan immune response for the present invention include, among others,detecting a decrease in viral load or antigen in a subject's serum,detection of IFN-gamma-secreting peptide specific T cells, and detectionof elevated levels of one or more liver enzymes, such as alaninetransferase (ALT) and aspartate transferase (AST). In one embodiment,the detection of IFN-gamma-secreting peptide specific T cells isaccomplished using an ELISPOT assay. Another embodiment includesreducing the viral load associated with HBV infection, including areduction as measured by PCR testing.

In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for treating ahepatitis B viral infection or a hepatitis C viral infection, whereineach of the methods includes the step of administering to a humansubject infected with hepatitis B virus or hepatitis C virus atherapeutically effective amount a compound of Formula Ia, II, or IIa ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Typically, the human subjectis suffering from a chronic hepatitis B infection or a chronic hepatitisC infection, although it is within the scope of the present invention totreat people who are acutely infected with HBV or HCV.

Treatment in accordance with the present invention typically results inthe stimulation of an immune response against HBV or HCV in a humanbeing infected with HBV or HCV, respectively, and a consequent reductionin the viral load of HBV or HCV in the infected person. Examples ofimmune responses include production of antibodies (e.g., IgG antibodies)and/or production of cytokines, such as interferons, that modulate theactivity of the immune system. The immune system response can be a newlyinduced response, or can be boosting of an existing immune response. Inparticular, the immune system response can be seroconversion against oneor more HBV or HCV antigens.

The viral load can be determined by measuring the amount of HBV DNA orHCV DNA present in the blood. For example, blood serum HBV DNA can bequantified using the Roche COBAS Amplicor Monitor PCR assay (version2.0; lower limit of quantification, 300 copies/mL [57 IU/mL]) and theQuantiplex bDNA assay (lower limit of quantification, 0.7 MEq/mL; BayerDiagnostics, formerly Chiron Diagnostics, Emeryville, Calif.). Theamount of antibodies against specific HBV or HCV antigens (e.g.,hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAG)) can be measured using suchart-recognized techniques as enzyme-linked immunoassays andenzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assays. For example, the amount ofantibodies against specific HBV or HCV antigens can be measured usingthe Abbott AxSYM microparticle enzyme immunoassay system (AbbottLaboratories, North Chicago, Ill.).

A compound of Formula II can be administered by any useful route andmeans, such as by oral or parenteral (e.g., intravenous) administration.Therapeutically effective amounts of Formula II are from about 0.00001mg/kg body weight per day to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, such asfrom about 0.0001 mg/kg body weight per day to about 10 mg/kg bodyweight per day, or such as from about 0.001 mg/kg body weight per day toabout 1 mg/kg body weight per day, or such as from about 0.01 mg/kg bodyweight per day to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, or such as fromabout 0.05 mg/kg body weight per day to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight perday, or such as from about 0.3 μg to about 30 mg per day, or such asfrom about 30 μg to about 300 μg per day.

The frequency of dosage of Formula II will be determined by the needs ofthe individual patient and can be, for example, once per day or twice,or more times, per day. Administration of Formula II continues for aslong as necessary to treat the HBV or HCV infection. For example,Formula II can be administered to a human being infected with HBV or HCVfor a period of from 20 days to 180 days or, for example, for a periodof from 20 days to 90 days or, for example, for a period of from 30 daysto 60 days.

Administration can be intermittent, with a period of several or moredays during which a patient receives a daily dose of Formula II,followed by a period of several or more days during which a patient doesnot receive a daily dose of Formula II. For example, a patient canreceive a dose of Formula II every other day, or three times per week.Again by way of example, a patient can receive a dose of Formula II eachday for a period of from 1 to 14 days, followed by a period of 7 to 21days during which the patient does not receive a dose of Formula II,followed by a subsequent period (e.g., from 1 to 14 days) during whichthe patient again receives a daily dose of Formula II. Alternatingperiods of administration of Formula II, followed by non-administrationof Formula II, can be repeated as clinically required to treat thepatient.

As described more fully herein, Formula II can be administered with oneor more additional therapeutic agent(s) to a human being infected withHBV or HCV. The additional therapeutic agent(s) can be administered tothe infected human being at the same time as Formula II, or before orafter administration of Formula II.

In another aspect, the present invention provides a method forameliorating a symptom associated with an HBV infection or HCVinfection, wherein the method comprises administering to a human subjectinfected with hepatitis B virus or hepatitis C virus a therapeuticallyeffective amount of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is sufficient toameliorate a symptom associated with the HBV infection or HCV infection.Such symptoms include the presence of HBV virus particles (or HCV virusparticles) in the blood, liver inflammation, jaundice, muscle aches,weakness and tiredness.

In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method forreducing the rate of progression of a hepatitis B viral infection, or ahepatitis C virus infection, in a human being, wherein the methodcomprises administering to a human subject infected with hepatitis Bvirus or hepatitis C virus a therapeutically effective amount of FormulaII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein thetherapeutically effective amount is sufficient to reduce the rate ofprogression of the hepatitis B viral infection or hepatitis C viralinfection. The rate of progression of the infection can be followed bymeasuring the amount of HBV virus particles or HCV virus particles inthe blood.

In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for reducingthe viral load associated with HBV infection or HCV infection, whereinthe method comprises administering to a human being infected with HBV orHCV a therapeutically effective amount of Formula II, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the therapeuticallyeffective amount is sufficient to reduce the HBV viral load or the HCVviral load in the human being.

In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of inducingor boosting an immune response against Hepatitis B virus or Hepatitis Cvirus in a human being, wherein the method comprises administering atherapeutically effective amount of Formula II, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, to the human being, wherein a new immuneresponse against Hepatitis B virus or Hepatitis C virus is induced inthe human being, or a preexisting immune response against Hepatitis Bvirus or Hepatitis C virus is boosted in the human being. Seroconversionwith respect to HBV or HCV can be induced in the human being. Examplesof immune responses include production of antibodies, such as IgGantibody molecules, and/or production of cytokine molecules thatmodulate the activity of one or more components of the human immunesystem.

Induction of seroconversion against HCV or HBV in patients chronicallyinfected with either of these viruses is an unexpected property ofFormula II. In clinical practice, an HBV patient, or HCV patient, istreated with Formula II, alone or in combination with one or more othertherapeutic agents, until an immune response against HBV or HCV isinduced or enhanced and the viral load of HBV or HCV is reduced.Thereafter, although the HBV or HCV virus may persist in a latent formin the patient's body, treatment with Formula II can be stopped, and thepatient's own immune system is capable of suppressing further viralreplication. In patients treated in accordance with the presentinvention and who are already receiving treatment with an antiviralagent that suppresses replication of the HBV virus or HCV virus, theremay be little or no detectable viral particles in the body of thepatient during treatment with the antiviral agent(s). In these patients,seroconversion will be evident when the antiviral agent(s) is no longeradministered to the patient and there is no increase in the viral loadof HBV or HCV.

In the practice of the present invention, an immune response is inducedagainst one or more antigens of HBV or HCV. For example, an immuneresponse can be induced against the HBV surface antigen (HBsAg), oragainst the small form of the HBV surface antigen (small S antigen), oragainst the medium form of the HBV surface antigen (medium S antigen),or against a combination thereof. Again by way of example, an immuneresponse can be induced against the HBV surface antigen (HBsAg) and alsoagainst other HBV-derived antigens, such as the core polymerase orx-protein.

Induction of an immune response against HCV or HBV can be assessed usingany technique that is known by those of skill in the art for determiningwhether an immune response has occurred. Suitable methods of detectingan immune response for the present invention include, among others,detecting a decrease in viral load in a subject's serum, such as bymeasuring the amount of HBV DNA or HCV DNA in a subject's blood using aPCR assay, and/or by measuring the amount of anti-HBV antibodies, oranti-HCV antibodies, in the subject's blood using a method such as anELISA.

Additionally, the compounds of this invention are useful in thetreatment of cancer or tumors (including dysplasias, such as uterinedysplasia). These includes hematological malignancies, oral carcinomas(for example of the lip, tongue or pharynx), digestive organs (forexample esophagus, stomach, small intestine, colon, large intestine, orrectum), liver and biliary passages, pancreas, respiratory system suchas larynx or lung (small cell and non-small cell), bone, connectivetissue, skin (e.g., melanoma), breast, reproductive organs (uterus,cervix, testicles, ovary, or prostate), urinary tract (e.g., bladder orkidney), brain and endocrine glands such as the thyroid. In summary, thecompounds of this invention are employed to treat any neoplasm,including not only hematologic malignancies but also solid tumors of allkinds.

Hematological malignancies are broadly defined as proliferativedisorders of blood cells and/or their progenitors, in which these cellsproliferate in an uncontrolled manner. Anatomically, the hematologicmalignancies are divided into two primary groups: lymphomas—malignantmasses of lymphoid cells, primarily but not exclusively in lymph nodes,and leukemias—neoplasm derived typically from lymphoid or myeloid cellsand primarily affecting the bone marrow and peripheral blood. Thelymphomas can be sub-divided into Hodgkin's Disease and Non-Hodgkin'slymphoma (NHL). The later group comprises several distinct entities,which can be distinguished clinically (e.g. aggressive lymphoma,indolent lymphoma), histologically (e.g. follicular lymphoma, mantlecell lymphoma) or based on the origin of the malignant cell (e.g. Blymphocyte, T lymphocyte). Leukemias and related malignancies includeacute myelogenous leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML),acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) and chronic lymphocytic leukemia(CLL). Other hematological malignancies include the plasma celldyscrasias including multiple myeloma, and the myelodysplasticsyndromes.

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES

Certain abbreviations and acronyms are used in describing theexperimental details. Although most of these would be understood by oneskilled in the art, Table 1 contains a list of many of theseabbreviations and acronyms.

TABLE 1 List of abbreviations and acronyms. Abbreviation Meaning Ac₂Oacetic anhydride AIBN 2,2′-azobis(2-methylpropionitrile) Bn benzyl BnBrbenzylbromide BSA bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide BzCl benzoyl chloride CDIcarbonyl diimidazole DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane DBN1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene DDQ2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone DBU1,5-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-5-ene DCA dichioroacetamide DCCdicyclohexylcarbodiimide DCM dichloromethane DMAP4-dimethylaminopyridine DME 1,2-dimethoxyethane DMTCl dimethoxytritylchloride DMSO dimethylsulfoxide DMTr 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl DMFdimethylformamide EtOAc ethyl acetate ESI electrospray ionization HMDShexamethyldisilazane HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography LDAlithium diisopropylamide LRMS low resolution mass spectrum MCPBAmeta-chloroperbenzoic acid MeCN acetonitrile MeOH methanol MMTC monomethoxytrityl chloride m/z or m/e mass to charge ratio MH⁺ mass plus 1MH⁻ mass minus 1 MsOH methanesulfonic acid MS or ms mass spectrum NBSN-bromosuccinimide Ph phenyl rt or r.t. room temperature TBAFtetrabutylammonium fluoride TMSCl chlorotrimethyisilane TMSBrbromotrimethylsilane TMSI iodotrimethylsilane TMSOTf(trimethylsilyl)trifluoromethylsulfonate TEA triethylamine TBAtributylamine TBAP tributylammonium pyrophosphate TBSClt-butyldimethylsilyl chloride TEAB triethylammonium bicarbonate TFAtrifluoroacetic acid TLC or tlc thin layer chromatography Trtriphenylmethyl Tol 4-methylbenzoyl Turbo Grignard 1:1 mixture ofisopropylmagnesium chloride and lithium chloride δ parts per milliondown field from tetramethylsilaneGeneral Scheme Pteridinone Derivatives

Compound B

To a solution of compound A (2.46 g, 10.2 mmol) in THF (34 mL) at −20°C. was added Et₃N (3.14 mL, 22.5 mmol) followed by a solution of NH₃(2.0 M in MeOH, 5.4 mL, 11 mmol). The mixture was stirred while warmingto 0° C. for 1.5 h (LC/MS indicated consumption of starting materials).The reaction mixture was taken forward without work-up.

Compound C

To a solution of 3-((1-pyrrolidinylmethyl)phenyl)methanamine E (1.95 g,10.2 mmol) in THF (34 mL) at 0° C. was added Et₃N (3.14 mmol, 22.5 mmol)followed by methyl bromoacetate (1.04 mL, 22.3 mmol) dropwise. Thereaction mixture was stirred until LC/MS indicated consumption ofstarting materials, approximately 2 h. The mixture was taken forward tothe synthesis of compound D without work up.

Compound D

The above reaction mixture containing compound C was added to thereaction mixture containing compound B at 0° C. The reaction mixture wasstirred until LC/MS indicated the consumption of compound B,approximately 45 min. A saturated solution of NH₄Cl (50 mL) was added.The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted withEtOAc (2×30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by silica gelchromatography provided 2.11 g (46% from A) of compound D. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.32-7.16 (m, 4H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.19 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.49 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.78(m, 4H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=7 Hz). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₄S: 461.2(M+H⁺). Found: 461.0 (M+H⁺).

Example 1

A solution of compound 4 (50 mg) and Fe dust (117 mg) in AcOH (2 mL) wasstirred at rt for 13 h. The reaction was filtered through Celite andpurified by HPLC on a C18 column, eluting with a gradient of 2-98%acetonitrile in H₂O to provide Example 1 in 13% yield. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ7.40-7.22 (m, 4H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.70-2.60(m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 4H); MS: 385.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound F

Compound D was dissolved in methanol (2 mL), and to this was added asolution of Oxone (1.08 g) in H₂O (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30min, after which the oxidation was almost complete. The mixture wasadded to water and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organic phase was driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give the desiredsulfone intermediate, which was carried on to the next step. The sulfoneand Cs₂CO₃ (384 mg) were taken up in CH₂Cl₂ (4 mL) and to this was added2-methoxyethanol (880 μL) dropwise. After stirring for one hour, somesulfone starting material remained as indicated by LC/MS, and another200 μL of 2-methoxyethanol was added and the reaction was stirred for anadditional 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ andwashed with water. The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and concentrated under vacuum. The product was purified by flashchromatography on silica gel, eluting with 20% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂, to givecompound F in 40% yield. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.40-7.15 (m, 4H), 4.69 (brs, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (s, 2H),3.68 (s, 2H), 3.03 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 4H), 1.81(s, 4H), 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS: 489.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 2

A mixture of compound F (33 mg), iron dust (56 mg), and acetic acid (1mL) was stirred at rt for 4 h. After this time conversion wasincomplete, so another portion of iron dust (20 mg) was added and thereaction was stirred for another 6 h. A third portion of iron dust (30mg) was added and the mixture was stirred another 12 h. The mixture wasfiltered through silica gel, and the solvent was removed under vacuum.The product was purified from the remaining material by preparative HPLCon a C18 column, eluting with a gradient of 2-98% acetonitrile in H₂O,providing Example 2. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 3H), 4.95(s, 2H), 4.60-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.67 (m,2H), 3.60-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.23-1.95 (m,4H); MS: 413.2 (M+H⁺).

Method I 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-yl)-methyl benzonitrile

To a solution of 3-(bromomethyl)-benzonitrile (30.0 g, 1.00 equiv) inabsolute EtOH (600 mL) was added pyrrolidine (13.3 mL, 1.00 equiv),followed by K₂CO₃ (anhydrous, 63.5 g, 3.00 equiv). The reaction wasstirred vigorously at 65° C. until consumption of the bromide wascomplete (Reaction is monitored on Merck 254 nm silica-coated TLC platesusing a combination of EtOAc/hexane as eluent). The reaction (which maybe orange-colored) was cooled to 23° C. and filtered over coarse glassfrits, and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting residue waspartitioned between H₂O and EtOAc (300 mL each) and the organic phasecollected. The aqueous layer was extracted (2×200 mL EtOAc). All of theresulting organic layers were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo, giving the title nitrile (21.1 g, 74% yield) asan orange residue. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.59(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=7.7 Hz, 7.6 Hz,1H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 1.81 (m, 4H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₁₂H₁₅N₂: 187.1 (M+H⁺). Found: 187.1 (M+H⁺).

Method II 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-yl)-methyl benzaldehyde

A suspension of K₂CO₃ (2.09 g, 15.2 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in absoluteethanol (20 mL) was treated with pyrrolidine (439 μL, 5.05 mmol, 1.00equiv). 3-(bromomethyl)-benzaldehyde (1.00 g, 5.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv) wasintroduced, and the reaction was heated to 65° C. for 1 h. The reactionwas cooled and filtered. The cake was washed with more ethanol. Thefiltrate was concentrated to a cloudy oil and partitioned between DCM(50 mL) and 2% w/v aq NaHCO₃ (50 mL). The organic phase was collected,and the aq layer was extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). All organic layerswere combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated, giving3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzaldehyde (846 mg, 88% yield) as a paleyellow oil, which was used without further purification. ¹H-NMR: 300MHz, (CDCl₃) δ: 10.00 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H),2.52 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₂H₁₆NO: 190.1(M+H⁺). Found: 190.1 (M+H⁺).

Method III 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-yl)methyl benzylamine

A 1 Liter round-bottom flask was charged with LiAlH₄ (7.55 g) andanhydrous Et₂O (230 mL). After cooling to 0° C.,3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzonitrile (18.55 g) in THF (30 mL) wasadded slowly over a 5 min period. Rxn transitioned from orange to green.Once the reaction was complete (as indicated by TLC using Merck 254 nmsilica-coated plates with DCM/MeOH/aq. NH₄OH eluent or by LCMS), it wasslowly treated first with H₂O (7.5 mL) with sufficient time to allow gasevolution to cease, second (after a 5 min wait past the end of gasevolution) with 15% w/v aq. NaOH (7.5 mL) (again allowing gas evolutionto stop, followed by a 5 min wait), and finally with more H₂O (26.5 mL).The reaction was filtered over glass frits to remove all of the solidspresent, and the filter cake was washed with Et₂O (100 mL). The filtratewas dried with copious MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated, affording thetitle amine (17.0 g, 90% yield) as an oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ(ppm) 7.32-7.17 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 1.79(m, 4H), 1.61 (s, broad, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₂H₁₉N₂: 191.1(M+H⁺). Found: 191.0 (M+H⁺).

Method IV Ethyl-N_(α)-[3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

A solution of 3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzylamine (17.0 g, 1.00 equiv)in THF (160 mL) was treated with Et₃N (27.4 mL, 2.20 equiv). Ethylbromoacetate (9.90 mL, 1.00 equiv) was added dropwise to this solutionat 23° C. over a 10 min period. After 24 hrs, the reaction was dilutedwith H₂O (600 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×150 mL). The organiclayers were combined, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated, givingthe title product as a yellow oil (21.2 g, 86%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300MHz): δ (ppm) 7.32-7.18 (m, 4H), 4.19 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H),3.61 (s, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₆H₂₅N₂O₂: 277.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 277.1 (M+H⁺).

Method V 4,6-Dihydroxy-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine

A solution of 4,6-dihydroxy-2-methylthiopyrimidine (42 g, 0.257 mol) intrifluoroacetic acid (91 ml, 1.186 mol) was stirred at 23° C. and warmeduntil all solid had gone into solution. The reaction was stirred forfive hours at 23° C. Next, fuming HNO₃ (15 ml, 350 mmol) was addedportion wise to the reaction mixture over 25 minutes at 0° C. Thereaction was stirred for twenty hours at 23° C., and treated with H₂O(at 23° C.) at 80% conversion (according LC-MS). The solid precipitatewas captured via filteration giving4,6-dihydroxy-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine as a tan-colored solid. Thecrude solid was azeotroped with toluene to give 35 g of pale tan powderysolid. ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ (ppm) 2.63 (s, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁻: calc'd for C₅H₄N₃O₄S: 202.0 (M−H⁻). Found: 202.0 (M−H⁻).

Method VI 4,6-Dichloro-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine

A 500 mL round bottom flask was charged with POCl₃ (89.5 mL, 0.960 mol,5.00 equiv), and N,N-dimethylaniline (73.0 mL, 0.576 mol, 3.00 equiv).The reaction was cooled to 0° C., and4,6-dihydroxy-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine (39.0 g, 0.192 mol, 1.00equiv) was added portionwise in a manner to control exotherm. Once theexotherm had subsided, the reaction was carefully warmed to 100° C. for2 h. Reaction was then transferred to the upper reservoir of acontinuous lower-density phase continuous extractor and extractedcontinuously with hot hexanes, which pooled in the lower reservoir. Thelower reservoir was at 140° C. during extraction. After UV activity (254nm) in the upper reservoir hexane phase was at its minimum, the systemwas cooled. The hexane phase was concentrated to an oil in vacuo. Theresidue was purified via silica gel chromatography (1 g residue/3 gsilica) (Eluent: DCM). During loading (20 mL DCM was added to residue toaid fluidity) onto the column, there was a mild exotherm. Afterchromatography, crystalline 4,6-dichloro-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine34.9 g (76% yield) was obtained. ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CDCl₃) δ (ppm): 2.62(s, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: compound does not ionize.

Method VII Part 1: 4-Amino-6-chloro-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine

To a solution of above dichloride (2.46 g, 10.2 mmol) in THF (34 mL) at−20° C. was added Et₃N (3.14 mL, 22.5 mmol) followed by a solution ofNH₃ (2.0 M in MeOH, 5.4 mL, 11 mmol). The mixture was stirred whilewarming to 0° C. for 1.5 h (LC/MS indicated consumption of startingmaterials. Some bis-addition is observed). The reaction mixture wastaken forward without work-up.

Method VII Part 2:Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

To the previous reaction mixture at 0° C. was added the secondary amine(2.82 g, 10.2 mmol) in THF (10 mL) over 5 min. The reaction mixture wasstirred until LC/MS indicated the consumption of starting material,approximately 30 min. The reaction was filtered over glass frits; thefilter cake was washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated andpartitioned between EtOAc (30 mL) and 5% aq Na₂CO₃ (30 mL). The organicphase was collected, and the aqueous phase extracted twice more withEtOAc (30 mL each). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. Absolute EtOH (30 mL) wasadded, and the material was concentrated again. The residue was taken upin a minimum of absolute EtOH at 70° C. (˜12 mL), then the solution wasallowed to cool gradually to 23° C. Crystals were filtered over glassfrits and washed with hexane, then dried in vacuo. Product is ayellowish-green solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.32-7.16 (m,4H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.19 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H),2.49 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=7 Hz).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₄S: 461.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 461.0 (M+H⁺).

Method VIIIEthyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methanesulfonyl-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

To a solution a suspension of the sulfide (3.68 g, 8.00 mmol) in EtOH(40 mL) at 0° C. was added sodium tungstate dihydrate (792 mg, 2.40mmol), acetic acid (4.6 mL, 80 mmol), and hydrogen peroxide (3.4 mL, ˜40mmol, 35% w/w in H₂O) sequentially. After 3 h, additional acetic acid(4.6 mL) and hydrogen peroxide (3.4 mL) were added. The reaction wasmaintained at 0° C. for 16 h. A saturated solution of Na₂SO₃ (50 mL) wasadded carefully while at 0° C. followed by CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL). The layerswere separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂(4×50mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated under vacuum and used without further purification.

Method IXMethyl-α,α-(1′″,2′″-ethylidene),N_(α)-[3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

To a solution of 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzaldehyde (284 mg, 1.50mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added acetic acid (258 μL, 4.50 mmol), sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (636 mg, 3.00 mmol), and methyl1-aminocyclopropanecarboxylate hydrochloride (250 mg, 1.65 mmol)sequentially. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h and was then poured onto brine (15 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL). The layerswere separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×10mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo and the title product was taken on without furtherpurification as in Method XV, Parts 1 and 2 (below). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₁₇H₂₅N₂O₂: 289.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 289.1 (M+H).

Method X

To a solution of sulfone (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol) in alcohol (R—OH) (10 mL) wasadded TFA (470 μL, 6.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 100° C. for 1h. The reaction mixture was poured onto a saturated solution of NaHCO₃(20 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueouslayer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). The combined organic layerswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum.Purification was conducted by silica gel chromatography (1 gsubstrate/10 g SiO₂) (2-15% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂).

Method XI

To a solution of sulfone (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol) in alcohol (R—OH) (10 mL) wasadded DMF (1.0 mL) and TFA (470 μL, 6.1 mmol). The reaction was stirredat 90-100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto a saturatedsolution of NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). The layers wereseparated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). Thecombined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated under vacuum. Purification was conducted by silica gelchromatography (1 g substrate/10 g SiO₂) (2-15% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂).

Method XII

To a solution of nitro compound (730 mg, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded a Raney Nickel (˜200 μL, slurry in H₂O). The reaction vessel wasflushed with H₂ and then stirred under an H₂ atmosphere for 1.5 h. Themixture was filtered through celite with CH₂Cl₂ and MeOH (1:1). Thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum and left on lyophilizerovernight. The title product was obtained as a free base is a whitesolid.

Method XIII

A suspension of the sulfone (50 mg), THF (1.0 mL), and the amine(R¹R²NH) (100 μL) was heated to 60° C. for 3 h. The reaction was cooledto 23° C. and directly loaded to a C18-reversed phase column (50 mg/4 gpacking material) and purified by LC (Eluent: neutral H₂O/CH₃CN95:5→0:100→neutral CH₃CN/MeOH 100:0→50:50) to provide the product.

Method XIV

A solution of the nitro compound (50 mg) in MeOH (4.0 mL) was treatedwith Raney Nickel (˜200 μL, slurry in H₂O). The reaction vessel wasflushed with H₂ and then stirred under an H₂ atmosphere for 1.5 h. Themixture was filtered through celite with CH₂Cl₂ and MeOH (1:1). Thefiltrate was concentrated and dried in vacuo, giving the product as afree base. Occasionally, 1.0 M aq HCl (200 μL) was added to the filtrateprior to concentrating. This gave an HCl salt, which usually had sharper¹H NMR resonances.

Method XV Part 1: 4-Amino-6-chloro-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine

To a solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-nitropyrimidine (327 mg,1.36 mmol) in THF (5.4 mL) at −10° C. was added Et₃N (474 μL, 3.40 mmol)followed by a solution of NH₃ (2.0 M in MeOH, 750 μL, 1.5 mmol). Themixture was stirred while warming to 0° C. for 1.5 h (LC/MS indicatedconsumption of starting materials). The reaction mixture was takenforward without work-up.

Method XV Part 2:Methyl-α,α-(1′″,2′″-ethylidene),N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

To the previous reaction mixture at 0° C. was added the crude secondaryamine (˜1.5 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atrt for 18 h then 60° C. for 6 h. A saturated solution of NH₄Cl (10 mL)was added. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. Purification bysilica gel chromatography (˜1 g substrate/15 g SiO₂) (2-20% MeOH/DCM)provided the product. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₄S: 473.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 473.1 (M+H).

Method XVI

To a solution of 3-((1-pyrrolidinylmethyl)phenyl)methanamine (1.95 g,10.2 mmol) in THF (34 mL) at 0° C. was added Et₃N (3.14 mmol, 22.5 mmol)followed by methyl bromoacetate (1.04 mL, 22.3 mmol) dropwise. Thereaction mixture was stirred until LC/MS indicated consumption ofstarting materials, approximately 2 h. The product mixture was takenforward without work up. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₅H₂₃N₂O₂: 263.4 (M+H⁺).Found: 263.1 (M+H).

Compound G Prepared Using Method VIII

Methyl-α,α-(1′″,2′″-ethylidene),N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methanesulfonyl-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₆S: 505.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 505.2 (M+H).

Compound H Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-α,α-(1′″,2′″-ethylidene),N_(α)-[4-amino-2-n-butoxy-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₅: 499.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 499.2 (M+H).

Example 3 Prepared Using Method XII

4-Amino-2-n-butoxy-7-(1′″,2′″-ethylidene)-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridine-6-one

¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CD₃OD) δ: 7.39-7.60 (m, 4H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.41(m, 4H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.65(m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.98 (m, 7H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₂: 437.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 437.2 (M+H).

Compound I Prepared Using Method XV, Parts 1 and 2

Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[4′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (DMSO-d₆) δ: 7.22-7.25 (m, 4H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.08 (m,2H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.32 (m, 4H), 1.66 (m,4H), 1.16 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₄S: 461.6(M+H⁺). Found: 461.2 (M+H).

Compound J Prepared Using Method VIII

Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methanesulfonyl-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[4′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₆S: 493.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 493.2 (M+H).

Compound K Prepared Using Method X

Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-n-butoxy-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[4′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CD₃OD) δ: 7.32 (m, 4H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.13-4.24 (m,6H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 2.59 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m,2H), 1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₅N₆O₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.3 (M+H).

Example 4 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-n-butoxy-8-[4′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CD₃OD) δ: 7.47-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.38-4.46(m, 4H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.02(m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 411.2 (M+H).

Compound L Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-{(cyclopropyl)methoxy}-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.22-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s,2H), 4.02 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.53 (m, 4H),1.80 (m, 4H), 1.16 (m, 1H), 0.55 (m, 2H), 0.28 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₅: 471.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 471.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 5 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-{(cyclopropyl)methoxy}-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.26 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.13 (m, 1H), 0.59 (m, 2H), 0.34 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₂: 409.5 (M+H⁺). Found:409.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound M Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-{(1′″-methylcycloprop-1′″-yl)methoxy}-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.25-7.33 (m, 4H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s,2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 2.57 (m, 4H), 1.81 (m,4H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 0.48 (m, 2H), 0.39 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₃N₆O₆: 485.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 485.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 6 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-{(1′″-methylcycloprop-1′″-yl)methoxy}-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 4.94 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H),2.17 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.56 (m, 2H), 0.43 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₀N₆O₂: 423.5 (M+H⁺). Found:423.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound N Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-{(cyclobutyl)methoxy}-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.22-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.16 (m,4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 2.08 (m,2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₅: 485.6(M+H⁺). Found: 485.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 7 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-{(cyclobutyl)methoxy}-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.39 (m, 4H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 1.85-2.17 (m,11H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₂: 423.5 (M+H⁺). Found:423.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound O Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-{(cyclopentyl)methoxy}-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.21-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.15 (s,2H), 4.06 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H),2.26 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.29 (m, 4H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₅: 499.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 499.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 8 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-{(cyclopentyl)methoxy}-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.31 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m,4H), 1.33 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₂: 437.6(M+H⁺). Found: 437.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound P Prepared Using Method X

Methyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-{2′″-(cyclopropyl)ethoxy}-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.21-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 1.79(m, 4H), 1.56 (q, 2H, 7 Hz), 0.76 (m, 1H), 0.44 (m, 2H), 0.08 (m, 2H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₅: 485.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 485.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 9 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-{2′″-(cyclopropyl)ethoxy}-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H),4.50 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.63 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 0.80 (m, 1H),0.44 (m, 2H), 0.05 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₂:423.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 423.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound Q Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.32-7.39 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.19 (s,2H), 3.96 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 4H),2.00 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 4H), 0.95 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₃H₃₃N₆O₅: 473.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 473.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 10 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.20 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 3H), 0.97 (d, 6H, J=6 Hz)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 411.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound R Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.22-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.22 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 1.80(m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.56 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 11 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H),4.46 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m,2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.64 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H),0.91 (d, 6H, J=7 Hz)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5(M+H⁺). Found: 425.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound S Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.25-7.33 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.22(m, 4H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.37 (m, 4H), 0.92 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₅N₆O₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 12 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.40 (m, 4H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.18 (m, 2H),2.03 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HClsalt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.3(M+H⁺).

Compound T Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.24-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s,2H), 3.99 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.52 (m, 4H),1.67-1.82 (m, 9H), 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.00 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₆H₃₇N₆O₅: 513.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 513.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 13 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H),4.40 (s, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, 5H), 1.23 (m, 4H), 1.04 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₂: 451.6 (M+H⁺). Found:451.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound U Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.27-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s,2H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m,4H), 0.97 (s, 9H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₆₀₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 14 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H),2.17 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.00 (s, 9H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺; calc'dfor C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound V Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): [all resonances were rather broad] δ 7.33 (9H),5.26 (2H), 4.78 (2H), 4.17 (4H), 3.94 (2H), 2.86 (4H), 1.90 (4H), 1.23(3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₃₃N₆O₅: 521.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 521.2(M+H⁺).

Example 15 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.31-7.59 (m, 9H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 4.97 (s,2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m,2H), 2.00 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₂₉N₆O₂: 445.5(M+H⁺). Found: 445.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound W Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): [all resonances were rather broad] δ 8.54 (2H),7.87 (1H), 7.43 (1H), 7.27 (4H), 5.33 (2H), 4.77 (2H), 4.15 (4H), 3.64(2H), 2.54 (4H), 1.79 (4H), 1.23 (3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₂N₇O₅:522.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 522.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 16 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): [all resonances were rather broad] δ 9.04 (1H),8.78 (2H), 8.06 (1H), 7.62 (1H), 7.48 (3H), 5.77 (2H), 4.91 (2H), 4.38(2H), 4.12 (2H), 3.45 (2H), 3.16 (2H), 2.14 (2H), 2.01 (2H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₂₈N₇O₂: 446.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 446.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound X Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 4.77 (s, 2H),4.16 (m, 6H), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 2.65 (m, 5H),2.04 (m, 1H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.24 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₆: 515.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 515.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 17 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 3H), 4.92 (s, 2H),4.39 (m, 4H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.63-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m,2H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.14 (m, 5H), 1.68 (m, 1H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₃: 439.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 439.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound Y Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.31 (m, 3H), 4.79 (s, 2H),4.44 (m, 2H), 4.18 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.75 (m, 3H), 3.35 (m, 3H),2.74 (m, 4H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 4H), 1.26 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₄H₃₆N₆O₈P: 567.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 567.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 18 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.66 (m, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.71 (d, 6H, J=11 Hz), 3.48(m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H)-[HClsalt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₂N₆O₅P: 491.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 491.2(M+H⁺).

Compound Z Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H),7.16 (s, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.47 (m, 2H), 4.32 (m, 2H),4.18 (m, 4H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₃N₈O₅: 525.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 525.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 19 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 9.17 (s, broad, 1H), 7.63-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.49(m, 3H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.73 (s, broad, 2H), 4.39 (m, broad, 4H), 4.15(s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H)-[HClsalt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₂₈N₅O₂: 449.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 449.2(M+H⁺).

Compound AA Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40-7.47 (m, 4H), 4.81 (s, broad, 2H), 4.61(s, 2H), 4.19 (m, broad, 6H), 3.50 (s, broad, 2H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 3.02(s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 4H), 1.26 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₇S:537.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 537.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 20 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 714 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 3H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.90(s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 3H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.61 (m, broad, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H),3.14 (m, 2H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₄S: 461.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 461.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AB Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.23-7.34 (m, 4H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.77 (s,2H), 4.19 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 2.58 (m, 4H),1.73-1.87 (m, 10H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₅: 499.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 499.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 21 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 5.40 (m, 1H),4.93 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H),2.15 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 3H), 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.75 (m, 3H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₂: 423.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 423.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AC Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40 (s, 2H), 7.33 (m, 3H), 4.79 (s, 2H),4.36 (t, J=5 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (m, 4H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 2.81 (m,4H), 2.36 (t, J=8 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz,3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₆N₇O₆: 542.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 542.2(M+H⁺).

Example 22 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 3H), 4.94 (s, 2H),4.55 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H, J=5Hz), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.37 (t, J=6 Hz, 2H) 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.02(m, 4H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₁N₇O₃: 466.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 466.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound AD Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.27 (t, 2H, J=8Hz), 6.92 (m, 3H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.54 (t, J=5 Hz, 2H), 4.12-4.22 (m,8H), 3.07 (m, 4H), 1.99 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₈H₃₅N₆O₆: 551.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 551.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 23 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 3H), 7.24 (t, 2H, J=6Hz), 6.92 (t, J=6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.76 (s,broad, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.12(m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₆H₃₀N₆O₃: 475.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 475.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AE Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.78 (s,2H), 4.20 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.62(m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₅: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 24 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 5.16 (m, 1H),4.94 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H),2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺).Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AF Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.29-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.78 (s,2H), 4.19 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.67 (m, 4H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m,4H), 1.27 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (t, 6H, J=7 Hz). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₅H₃₇N₆O₅: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 25 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60 (s, broad, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.94 (s,2H), 4.39 (s, broad, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.17(m, 2H) 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 4H), 0.89 (m, broad, 6H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AG Prepared Using Method X (Variation Noted)

Reaction was performed in CH₂Cl₂ without TFA at 40° C. in sealed vial.¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.20-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.20 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.96 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz), 2.54 (m, 4H),1.80 (m, 4H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₄S: 503.6 (M+H⁺). Found:503.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 26 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 5.01 (s, 2H),4.39 (s, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.16 (m, 2H),2.03 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.78 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HClsalt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₆OS: 427.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 427.2(M+H⁺).

Compound AH Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.29-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.25(m, 6H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.75(m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₆N₆O₆: 503.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 503.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 27 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.45-7.60 (m, broad, 4H), 4.96 (s, broad,2H), 4.44 (m, broad, 2H), 4.19 (s, broad, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m,2H), 3.31 (s, broad, 2H), 3.18 (m, broad, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m,2H), 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₂H₃₁N₆O₃: 427.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 427.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AI Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.27-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.35 (t, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.20 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.59 (m, 4H),1.82-1.89 (m, 6H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₅H₃₇N₆O₆: 517.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 517.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 28 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.47-7.64 (m, broad, 4H), 4.94 (s, broad,2H), 4.57 (m, broad, 2H), 4.41 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s, broad, 2H), 3.48 (m,2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s,6H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₃: 441.5 (M+H⁺). Found:441.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AJ Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.26-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.13-4.23(m, 5H), 3.73-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 1.81-2.02 (m,6H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₅H₃₅N₆O₆: 515.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 515.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 29 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.37-4.47 (m, 4H), 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m,2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₃: 439.5 (M+H⁺). Found:4392 (M+H⁺).

Compound AK Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.24-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.19 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.05 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H),3.39 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 4H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.65 (m, 2H),1.24-1.36 (m, 5H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₆: 529.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 529.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 30 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.40 (s, broad, 2H), 4.29 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H),3.48 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.07 (m,3H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₃N₆O₃: 453.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 453.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AL Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.23-7.33 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.19 (q, 2H,J=7 Hz), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.11 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.56 (m, 4H),1.80 (m, 4H), 1.58 (m, 1H), 1.41 (m, 4H), 1.28 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (t,J=7 Hz, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₈N₆O₅: 515.6 (M+H⁺). Found:515.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 31 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.34-4.39 (m, 4H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m,2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.42 (m, 4H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 6H)-[HClsalt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₆O₂: 439.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 439.2(M+H⁺).

Compound AM Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.34-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.05-3.98 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.23 (t,J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.56-1.34 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₆N₇O₄:486.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 486.2 (M+H⁺), 243.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 32 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 1H),4.37 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 1H) 3.29 (m, 2H),3.16 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H),0.86 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₂N₇O: 410.5(M+H⁺). Found: 410.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound AN Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.34-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.10-3.95 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.50 (m,2H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₇O₅: 488.3 (M+H⁺). Found:488.0 (M+H⁺), 244.6 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 33 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 1H),4.37 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H),3.16 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₁H₃₀N₇O₂: 412.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 412.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AO Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.34-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15-3.96 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H),3.41-3.16 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.96-0.62 (m, 2 lines, broad, 9H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₅H₃₈N₇O₄: 500.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 500.1 (M+H⁺), 250.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 34 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 1H),4.36 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.17 (m, 2H),3.16 (s, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 0.87 (s, 9H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₄N₇O: 424.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 424.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound AP Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.36-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (app. s, broad, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.67 (m, 1H),2.53 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.48(m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O₄: 470.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 470.0(M+H⁺), 235.6 ((M+2H÷)/2).

Example 35 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 3H), 4.89 (s, 1H),4.37 (s, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H),2.63 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.64 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈N₇O: 394.5 (M+H⁺). Found:394.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound AQ Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.34-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.18-3.95 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 2.51 (m,5H), 1.83-1.53 (m, 6H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.39-1.09 (m, 7H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₆H₃₈N₇O₄: 512.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 512.1 (M+H⁺), 256.7((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 36 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 4.87 (s, 1H),4.36 (s, 1H), 4.10 (s, 1H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 1H),3.15 (m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 2H),1.25 (m, 6H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₇O: 436.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 436.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound AR Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.38-7.21 (m, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.14-3.96 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H),3.40-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.55 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₆N₇O₅:502.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 502.1 (M+H⁺), 251.6 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 37 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.55-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 4.37 (s,1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.29 (m 1H), 3.37 (d, J=4.9 Hz,2H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m 2H), 2.01 (m,2H), 1.16 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₂H₃₂N₇O₂: 426.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 426.2 (M+H⁺), 213.6 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AS Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.60-7.36 (m, 4H), 6.49 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),6.44 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.26 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.73 (m, broad, 2 lines,2H), 4.60-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.08(m, 2H), 3.06 (m, 4H), 1.98 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₂N₇O₅: 510.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 510.1 (M+H⁺), 255.6((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 38 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 6.26 (app.d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.15 (app. d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 4.49 (s,1H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 1H), 4.07 (s, 1H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s,1H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₂₈N₇O₂: 434.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 434.2 (M+H⁺), 217.5((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AT Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.36-7.19 (m, 4H0, 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.06-3.85 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H),3.20-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 0.90 (m, 1H), 0.40 (m,2H), 0.13 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₇O₄: 484.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 484.1 (M+H⁺), 242.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 39 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.54-7.44 (m, 4H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 4.37 (s,1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 1H), 3.18 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H),3.16 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.48 (app.d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.19 (app. d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₇O: 408.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 408.2 (M+H⁺), 204.7((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AU Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.34-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15-3.99 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.50(quintet, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.57(m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₇O₄: 484.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 484.2 (M+H⁺), 242.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 40 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.50-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s,1H), 4.22 (quintet, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 1H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.30 (s,1H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.68(quintet, J=8.9 Hz, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₇O:408.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 408.2 (M+H⁺), 204.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AV Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.34-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.20(quintet, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15-3.96 (m, broad, 2lines, 2H), 3.75-3.62 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 1.98-1.58(m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.24 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₆N₇O₄: 498.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 498.2 (M+H⁺), 249.8((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 41 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.51-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.37 (s,1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m,2H), 2.08-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.45 (m, 4H)-[HCl salt].LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O: 422.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 422.2 (M+H⁺),211.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AW Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.76-4.71 (m, broad, 2lines, 2H), 4.20-3.96 (m, 4H), 4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.01 (s, 2H),3.73-3.65 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H), 2.57 (m, 4H), 2.30 (quintet, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 1.81 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₃H₃₁N₇O₄: 470.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 470.1 (M+H⁺), 235.6 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 42 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.50-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.94 (s, 0.5H), 4.37 (s,1H), 4.21 (app. t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 0.5H), 4.05 (s, 1H),3.60-3.48 (m, 3H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m,2H), 1.98 (m, 2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈N₇O: 394.2(M+H⁺). Found: 394.2 (M+H⁺), 197.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AX Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.36-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.40(m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 1.91 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t, J=7.0 Hz,3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₇O₄: 484.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 484.1(M+H⁺), 242.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 43 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.58-7.43 (m, 4H), 4.99 (s, 0.5H), 4.89 (s,0.5H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.62-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.14(m, 2H), 3.31 (s, 1H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.80 (m,6H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₇O: 408.3 (M+H⁺). Found:408.2 (M+H⁺), 204.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AY Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.36-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.80-4.70 (m, broad, 2lines, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.14-3.95 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H),3.80-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s, broad, 2H), 3.44-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.86 (m,broad, 2 lines, 3H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₄N₇O₆S: 536.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 536.1 (M+H⁺),268.5 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 44 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.36 (s,1H), 4.12 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.26 (m,2H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m,2H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₃₀N₇O₃S: 460.2 (M+H⁺). Found:460.2 (M+H⁺), 230.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound AZ Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.36-7.19 (m, 4H), 4.80-4.68 (m, broad, 2lines, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 4.05 (q, J=7.0 Hz,4H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 4H), 2.20-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.79(m, 4H), 1.26 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₆H₄₁N₇O₇P: 594.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 594.2 (M+H⁺), 297.6((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 45 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 5.03 (s, 0.5H), 4.93 (s,0.5H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 4.07-3.92 (m, 4H), 3.62-3.50 (m, 2H),3.45 (m, 2H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.30-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.34-1.19(m, 6H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₇N₇O₄P: 518.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 518.2 (M+H⁺), 259.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound BA Prepared Using Method XIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.38-7.21 (m, 4H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.33 (m,1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08-3.96 (m, broad, 2 lines, 2H),3.93-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 1H),2.53 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₄N₇O₅: 500.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 500.1 (M+H⁺),250.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 46 Prepared Using Method XIV

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.95 (s, 0.5H), 4.37 (s,1.5H), 4.10 (s, 1.0H), 3.91 (app. q, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m 2H),3.65 (app. dd, J=7.3 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 1H),3.20-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.25-1.85 (m, 6H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₂H₃₀N₇O₂: 424.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 424.2 (M+H⁺), 212.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Method XVII

Dissolved BB (2.4 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 mL) and stirred underN₂(g) in an ice bath. Added 7N NH₃ in MeOH solution (1.6 mL, 11 mmol)dropwise over 5-10 minutes. Reaction was stirred for 60 minutes.Dissolved BC (2.2 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous THF (4 mL) and added to thereaction in portions over 5-10 minutes. Added DIPEA (1.7 mL, 10 mmol) inportions over 5-10 minutes. Reaction mixture was then stirred for 16hours at room temperature. Diluted reaction with EtOAc and washed withsaturated NaHCO₃(aq) solution (2×) followed with saturated NaCl(aq).Dried organic extract over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated underreduced pressure. Re-dissolved resultant in small amount of EtOAc andadded hexanes to give solid, which was collected and dried under highvacuum to give BD (3.7 g, 9.2 mmol). ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (DMSO-d₆) δ: 8.05(s, broad, 2H), 7.78-7.52 (m, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.28(s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₇H₁₈N₆O₄S:403.1 (M+H⁺). Found: 403.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XVIII

Dissolved BD (1 g, 2.5 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (25 mL) andstirred under N₂(g) in an ice bath. Added 32% peracetic acid solution(2.1 mL, 10 mmol) dropwise over 10 minutes. Stirred for 2 hours. Addedsaturated Na₂S₂O₃(aq) solution and stirred for 5-10 minutes. Extractedwith EtOAc. Organic extract was then washed with saturated NaCl(aq),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure.Mixed the resultant with nBuOH (15 mL) and TFA (963 μL, 12.5 mmol) andthen stirred at 100° C. for 2-3 hours. Concentrated under reducedpressure. Dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq)solution (2×) followed with saturated NaCl(aq). Dried organic extractover anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purifiedwith Combiflash silica gel column (0-40% EtOAc in hexanes) to give BE(830 mg, 1.95 mmol). ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (CDCl₃) δ: 7.68-7.47 (m, 4H), 4.78(s, 2H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 4H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 2H),1.29 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₀H₂₄N₆O₅: 429.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 429.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XIX

Dissolved BE (650 mg, 4.54 mmol) in EtOH and acetonitrile. Added 10%Pd/C and stirred under atmosphere H₂(g) for 18 hours. Added 0.5M HCl(aq)(5 mL) and filtered through Celite. Concentrated under reduced pressureto give BF (585 mg, 1.5 mmol). Purified with prep HPLC. ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz,(DMSO-d₆) δ: 9.70 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.54 (m, 4H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 4.68 (s,2H), 4.04 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H),0.85 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₀N₆O₂: 353.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 353.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XX

Dissolved BF (176 mg, 0.5 mmol) in formic acid (2 mL). Added Raney-Niand stirred at 80° C. for 90 minutes. Filtered through Celite and washedwith formic acid. Diluted filtrate with EtOAc and washed with water(2×), saturated NaHCO₃(aq) solution (2×) followed with saturatedNaCl(aq). Dried organic extract over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentratedunder reduced pressure. Purified with Combiflash silica gel column(0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give BG (40 mg, 0.11 mmol). ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz,(DMSO-d₆) δ: 9.99 (s, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.57 (m, 4H), 6.23 (s,2H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H),1.32 (m, 2H), 0.85 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₁N₆O₃:356.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 356.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XXI

Mixed BG (20 mg, 0.056 mmol) with anhydrous acetonitrile (500 μL). Addedmorpholine (15 μL, 0.169 mmol) and HOAc (10 μL, 0.169 mmol) and stirredfor 15 minutes. Added NaBH(OAc)₃ (36 mg, 0.169 mmol) and stirred for 3hours. Added more morpholine (15 μL, 0.169 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)₃ (36 mg,0.169 mmol) and stirred for 16 hours. Added MeOH and stirred for 5-10minutes. Diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq)solution (2×) followed with saturated NaCl(aq). Dried organic extractover anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purifiedwith Prep HPLC to give Example 47 (15 mg, 0.035 mmol). ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz,(Methanol-d₄) δ: 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.46 (t,J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 4.05-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.35-3.15(m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₆O₃: 427.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 427.1 (M+H⁺).

Mixed BG (20 mg, 0.056 mmol) with anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL). Addedpiperidine (55 μL, 0.56 mmol) and HOAc (16 μL, 0.28 mmol) and stirredfor 15 minutes. Added NaBH(OAc)₃ (59 mg, 0.28 mmol) and stirred for 3hours. Added more piperidine (55 μL, 0.56 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)₃ ((59 mg,0.28 mmol) and stirred for 48 hours. Added MeOH and 0.5M HCl(aq).Concentrated under reduced pressure. Purified with Prep HPLC to giveExample 48 (13.8 mg, 0.033 mmol). ¹H-NMR: 300 MHz, (Methanol-d₄) δ:7.51-7.45 (m, 4H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.18 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H),3.95 (s, 2H), 3.14 (s, broad, 4H), 1.82-1.67 (m, 8H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 0.93(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₆O₂: 425.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound BH Prepared Using Method X

Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-n-butoxy-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.24-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.14-4.23(m, 6H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.40(m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 49 Prepared Using Method XII

4-amino-2-n-butoxy-8-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridin-6-one

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.44 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m,2H), 2.02-2.17 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz,3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.5 (M+H⁺). Found:411.3 (M+H⁺).

Method XXII Cyanoacetylcyanamide, Monosodium Salt (Compound BI)

In a 3.0 L round bottom 1 neck flask, a solution of cyanamide (50.0 g,1.19 mol), ethyl cyanoacetate (126.4 mL, 1.19 mol), and anhydrous n-BuOH(1.00 L mL) was treated with 20% w/w NaOBu/BuOH (571 mL, 1.19 mmol) at23° C. The reaction was stirred vigorously and became cloudy and thick.After 12-16 hrs, the reaction was fitted with a Distillation head. Thesidearm of the distillation head was fitted with a long reflux condenser(water circulated). At the end of the condenser, a Claisen Vacuumadaptor was attached and led into a receiver flask (2.0 L r.b., cooledin an ice bath). All ground glass joints were greased and clamped. Avacuum of 10 mmHg or less was applied to the system at 23° C. (some mildbumping occurred. A dry-ice/acetone trap was employed in a dewar fingertrap to catch uncondensed vapors) Once bumping had become minimal, thereaction was heated externally to 45-60° C. (oil or water bath), andsolvent (1.1 L) was distilled off. Vacuum was released, and while thesystem was still warm, hexanes (2.0 L) were added. System was allowed tocool to 23° C., and a precipitate was observed. The slurry was filteredover coarse glass frits to capture the solid. The filter cake was washedwith hexanes while suction was off (2×250 mL; each time stir thecake/hexanes, then turn suction back on). The cake was then dried in avacuum oven at 40-45° C. overnight, affording cyanoacetylcyanamide,monosodium salt (128.14 g, 82% yield) as a free-flowing, slightlyhygroscopic powder. The powder was immediately placed in a glass jar andstored in a dessicator.

Method XXIII N-Cyanoacetyl-butylisouronium chloride (Compound BJ)

A suspension of cyanoacetylcyanamide, monosodium salt BI (20.0 g, 153mmol) in n-BuOH (300 mL) was treated with HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 100 mL,400 mmol). During addition the suspension became more colloidal andthere was a mild exotherm to an internal temperature of 35° C., then thereaction transitioned to a thicker consistency. After 2 h, 10% w/v aq.NaHCO₃ (200 mL) was added cautiously (effervescence) until the pH of theaq. phase reached 7.5. The organic layer was collected, dried (Na₂SO₄),and filtered over glass frits, then transferred into a 500 mL roundbottom flask. Distillation of 330 mL of solvent away from the driedorganic phase was achieved using the procedure above (step 1, pressure˜10 mmHg, 60° C. bath temp). The thick syrupy residue contains crudeN-cyanoacetyl-butylisouronium chloride, BJ, which is unstable andimmediately used in the next reaction.

Method XXIV 4-Amino-2-butoxy-6-hydroxypyrimidine (Compound BK)

An emulsion of all of the crude N-cyanoacetyl-butylisouronium chlorideBJ (33.35 g, 153 mmol) in a mixture of dioxane and n-BuOH (˜70 mL) wastreated with 10% w/v aq. Na₂CO₃ (200 mL) and was stirred vigorously at90° C. for 16 h. The reaction was then allowed to cool to 23° C. overthe next hour. A white semicrystalline precipitate formed. Then thesystem was cooled to 0° C. for 3 h, and the white-brown precipitate wascollected on coarse glass frits. The filter cake was washed with hexane(2×50 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at 40° C., giving desired productBK (14.1 g, 50% yield over 2 steps). The neutralized aqueous phase wasthen extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×50 mL). The extracts were combined, dried(MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil. After standing at23° C. overnight, the oil solidified. The gooey solid was trituratedwith hexane (50 mL) and filtered. The collected solid proved to beadditional pure product (1.17 g, 4% yield). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ(ppm) 11.16 (s, broad, 1H), 6.29 (s, broad, 2H), 4.73 (s, 1H), 4.23 (t,J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.33 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).

Method XXV 4-Amino-2-butoxy-5-nitro-6-hydroxypyrimidine, BL (nitratesalt and free base)

A 50 mL flask containing fuming aqueous HNO₃ (18 mL) at 0° C. wastreated with 4-amino-2-butoxy-6-hydroxypyrimidine BK (8.00 g) via solidaddition funnel under N₂. The pyrimidine was added at a rate of ca. 266mg every minute over a 30 min period. Reaction went from yellow to deepred. Once the addition was complete, the reaction was stirred at 0° C.for another 2 h. Then the reaction was added slowly to a mixture ofCH₂Cl₂ and H₂O (100 mL each) at 0° C. After addition was complete, thediluted reaction was allowed to stir for 30 min. A pink precipitateformed and was collected via vacuum filtration. LCMS analysis and ¹H NMRin DMSO (identical to values below) reveal that the compound is themononitrate salt of the product (6.63 g, 52% yield). The organic layerwas collected. The aq. layer was extracted exhaustively with CH₂Cl₂ (100mL portions) until the aqueous layer showed no traces of product. Allorganic phases were combined, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated.The residue was purified on silica gel by flashing (Eluent: CH₂Cl₂:MeOH100/0 to 80/20, linear gradient) giving the desired product BL as a freebase (2.02 g, 20% yield)(yellow powder). ¹H NMR (free base or nitratesalt, DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.07 (s, broad, 1H), 8.83 (s, broad,1H), 8.77 (s, broad, 1H), 4.36 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.73-1.63 (m, 2H),1.44-1.34 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).

Method XXVI4-Amino-2-butoxy-5-nitro-6-(para-toluenesulfonyloxy)pyrimidine (BM)

A solution of 4-amino-2-butoxy-5-nitro-6-hydroxypyrimidine BL (nitratesalt form, 8.00 g, 27.5 mmol, 1.00 equiv, see note below) inacetonitrile (80.0 ml) was treated with 2,4,6-collidine (distilled undervacuum from NaH, 10.90 ml, 82.4 mmol, 3.00 equiv), followed by TsCl(26.21 g, 0.138 mol, 5.00 equiv). The reaction was stirred for 4 h at60° C. By this point, 95% conversion to the product was observed usingLC-MS as the analytical method (Water/Acetonitrile (with trace AcOH)95:5-2:98 on a C-18 gemini column). The reaction was added dropwise to a0° C. mixture of H₂O (400 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL). After 10 min, themixture was extracted (3×200 mL CH₂Cl₂). All organic layers werecombined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to a total volumeof 50 mL. The crude solution of product was purified by directly loadingonto a 330 g column of silica gel, followed by chromatography (Eluenthexane/EtOAc 9:1→0:100) giving semipure BM contaminated with2,4,6-Collidine. The oily solid was taken up in hexane (50 mL) andagitated, then filtered over glass frits. The filter cake was washedwith several 30 mL portions of hexane until no collidine was present,giving pure product BM (5.44 g, 52% yield). ¹H NMR in CDCl₃ wasobtained, along with LCMS analysis. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ (ppm)7.99 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (s, broad, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),6.19 (s, broad, 1H), 4.26 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.73 (app.quintet, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (app. sextet, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.4Hz, 3H).

Method XXVIIEthyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methanesulfonyl-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[3′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate(BN)

To a suspension of the sulfide D (100 mg, 0.217 mmol) in EtOH (2.0 mL)was added glacial AcOH (124 μL, 2.17 mmol) and sodium tungstatedihydrate (21.5 mg, 65.1 μmol). The reaction was cooled to 0° C., and30% aq. hydrogen peroxide (245 μL, 2.17 mmol) was added dropwise over a2 min period. After 9 h, the reaction was added to a 0° C. solution of10% w/v aq. Na₂S₂O₃ (6 mL). After 5 min, the reaction was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ (7×10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to a yellow powder, containingthe sulfone BN and the corresponding sulfoxide as a 1:1 mixture (45.5mg, 43% yield based on mass of sulfone). In all subsequent chemistry,both the sulfoxide and sulfone react similarly. ¹H NMR (sulfone, CDCl₃,300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.50-7.24 (m, 4H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.21 (q, J=7.0 Hz,2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.01-2.85 (m, 4H),2.02-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forO₂₁H₂₉N₆O₆S (sulfone): 493.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 493.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XXVIIIEthyl-N_(β)-[3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-β-alaminoate (BO)

To a suspension of ethyl β-alaninoate hydrochloride (890 mg, 6.39 mmol,1.1 equiv), 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzaldehyde (1.10 g, 5.81 mmol,1.0 equiv), NaBH(OAc)₃ (2.46 g, 11.6 mmol, (2.0 equiv), and1,2-dichloroethane (7.0 mL) was added glacial AcOH (830 μL, 5.81 mmol,1.0 equiv) at 23° C. To aide fluidity, more 1,2-dichloroethane (500 μL)was added. After 75 min, the reaction was carefully quench with 0.1 M aqHCl, adjusting the pH to ˜3. Then saturated aq Na₂CO₃ was added untilthe pH was ˜8. The reaction was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×150 mL). Allorganic layers were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentratedto a pale yellow oil BO (740 mg, 44% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ(ppm) 7.30-7.21 (m, 4H), 4.16 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s,2H), 2.99 (s, broad, 1H), 2.91 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.58-2.48 (m, 4H),2.53 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.26 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₇H₂₇N₂O₂: 291.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 291.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XXIX 4-Amino-6-chloro-2-methylthio-5-nitropyrimidine (B)

A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-nitropyrimidine (3.53 g,14.7 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at −78° C. was added Et₃N (3.75 mL, 27.0mmol), followed by NH₃ (7 N in MeOH, 1.80 mL, 12.86 mmol). The reactionwas then warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 1 h. The crude solution ofproduct B was immediately used in the next reaction (Scheme 35).

Method XXX Compound BP

A solution of 4-amino-6-chloro-2-(methylthio)-5-nitropyrimidine (fromthe previous reaction above) at −78° C. was added Et₃N (3.75 mL, 27.0mmol) and ethyl-N_(β)-[3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-β-alaninoate(3.56 g, 12.3 mmol). The reaction was allowed to warm to 23° C.overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq. saturated NH₄Cl (excess)and extracted with EtOAc (2×). All organic layers were combined, dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified on silicagel using 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (isocratic) as the eluent, giving product BP(6.5 g, yield not determined because some solvent was present). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.26-7.16 (m, 4H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.11 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.64(t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.45 (m, 4H). 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 4H),1.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₇O₄S: 475.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 475.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XXXI Compound BP

A solution of the sulfide BP (869 mg, 1.83 mmol), in absolute EtOH (20mL) at 0° C. was added sodium tungstate dihydrate (180 mg, 0.550 mmol),followed by glacial AcOH (590 μL, 18.3 mmol). Finally, 30% w/v aq. H₂O₂(2.77 mL, 18.3 mmol) was added dropwise. Once the reaction was complete,it was added dropwise to a mixture of 10% w/v aq. Na₂S₂O₃ (excessrelative to H₂O₂) and CH₂Cl₂. The mixture was then extracted repeatedlywith CH₂Cl₂. All organic extracts were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated to yellow solid (3.0 g, yield not foundbecause some glacial AcOH and CH₂Cl₂ are still present). The crude solidBQ was used in the next reaction without further purification.LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₆S: 507.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 507.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XXXII Compound BR

A solution of the sulfone BQ (crude from above, 927 mg net mass) inn-butanol (15 mL) was treated with TFA (420 μL) and stirred at 95° C.More TFA (280 μL) was added after 2.5 h, and the reaction was heated to100° C. 3 hours later, the reaction was quenched with saturated aq.NaHCO₃. The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (8×), and all organiclayers were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified on silica gel using 20% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ (isocratic)as the eluent. Product-containing fractions, which were semipure, werecombined and purified on a C-18 reversed-phase column (first eluent:H₂O/CH₃CN 100:0→0:100; second eluent CH₃CN/MeOH 100:0→0:100) giving pureproduct BR (59 mg, yield not determined). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ(ppm) 7.26-7.06 (m, 4H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (q,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.64(t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.43 (m, 4H), 1.81-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.56 (m,2H), 1.50-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.22 (t, J=7.0, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₇N₆O₅: 501.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XXXIII Example 50

A suspension of the nitro compound BR (5.0 mg) and zinc powder (6.5 mg)in glacial AcOH (500 μL) was heated to 60° C. After 1 h, more zincpowder (6.5 mg) was added, and heating was continued. 2 hours later, thereaction was diluted with H₂O (500 μL) and directly purified on a 4.3 gC-18 reversed-phase sep-pak column (0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 100:0→0:100)giving Example 50 (3.9 mg, 78% yield) as a di-HCl salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD,300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.57-7.39 (m, 4H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.28(t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.09 (m,2H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.64 (app.Quintet, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.34 (app. Septet, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.0Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.3(M+H⁺).

Method XXXIV Part 1: 6-amino-2,4-dichloro-5-nitropyrimidine

A solution of 2,4,6-trichloro-5-nitropyrimidine (94 mg, 0.413 mmol) inTHF (5 mL) was cooled to −78° C. and treated with Et₃N (110 μL, 0.757mmol), followed by NH₃ (7 N in MeOH, 50 μL, 0.344 mmol). The reactionwas warmed to 0° C. Once TLC indicated complete consumption of thestarting material, the crude product solution was immediately used inthe reaction below (Scheme 40).

Method XXXIV Part 2: Compound BS

A crude solution of 6-amino-2,4-dichloro-5-nitropyrimidine (fromreaction above) was cooled to −78° C. and Et₃N (110 μL, 0.757 mmol) wasadded, followed by a solution ofEthyl-N_(β)-[3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-β-alaninoate (100 mg,0.344 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL). The reaction was warmed to 0° C. After 80min, the reaction showed complete conversion to BS. An aliquot wasanalyzed via LCMS. The remainder of the solution was immediately used inthe next reaction below. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈ClN₆O₄: 463.2(M+H⁺). Found: 463.1 (M+H⁺for ³⁵Cl) and 465.1 (M+H⁺for ³⁷Cl).

Method XXXIV Part 3: Compound BT

A solution of the crude chloropyrimidine BS (from the reaction above) inTHF was treated with n-butylamine (170 μL) and heated to 80° C. After2.5 h, H₂O (100 μL) was added to improve fluidity, and heating wascontinued. The completed reaction was loaded directly onto a C-18reversed-phase column and chromatographed (eluent: 0.1% w/v aq.TFA/CH₃CN 100:0→0:100), giving pure product BT (23.5 mg, 14% yield over3 steps). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.32-7.14 (m, 4H), 4.64-4.61(app. d, broad, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.61 (m,2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 2.72-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.46 (m, 4H),1.84-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.24 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₈N₇O₄: 500.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 500.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XXXV Compound BU

(2-Morpholinopyridin-4-yl)methylamine (900 mg, 4.657 mmol) was dissolvedin acetonitrile and combined with solid potassium carbonate (2.52 g,18.23 mmol) followed by heating to 70° C. Ethyl-2-bromoacetate (566 μL,5.114 mmol) was then added over 10-15 minutes and the mixture wascontinued to stir at 70° C. for 45 min wherein the consumption of SM wasobserved by HPLC analysis. The mixture was removed from heat source,allowed to cool to RT and was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and H₂O. Thereaction was washed with brine (3×) and dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. Desired product BU was obtained in 84.4% yield and usedwithout purification.

Method XXXVI Compound BV

Dichloropyrimidine A (1.0715 g, 4.502 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL THFand cooled to 0° C. NH₃ was added (3.5 Equiv) and the mixture wasallowed to stir cold for 1 h. Aminoester (1.22 g, 4.37 mmol) was thenadded dropwise as a solution in 10 mL THF over 10-15 minutes, and theresulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 3 h,the reaction was quenched with the addition of water, diluted with EtOAcand the pH was adjusted to 8 using solid K₂CO₃. The mixture was washedwith water, washed with brine then dried with sodium sulfate andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then chromatographed onsilica with a CH₂Cl₂ and 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ gradient over 10-15 columnvolumes to give BV.

Method XXXVII Compound BX

Compound BW (500 mg, 3.16 mmol) was added to THF (15 mL). To this wasadded triethylamine (659 μL, 4.74 mmol). A solution of Boc anhydride(759 mg, 3.48 mmol) in THF was added in portions. The mixture wasstirred for 2 hours. After this, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc andwashed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followed with 5% citric acid(aq)and then saturated NaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The productwas purified with silica gel chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in hexanes) togive BX (751 mg, 2.9 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.44-7.25 (m,3H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 3.67 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.50(s, 9H).

Method XXXVIII Compound BY

Compound BX (751 mg, 2.9 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH. To this was addedHOAc (300 μL) and 10% Pd/C. The mixture was stirred under 1 atm H₂ for 6hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate wasconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAcand washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followed with saturatedNaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give BY (474 mg, 1.47 mmol). ¹HNMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.13 (m, 3H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.63(s, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₁H₁₃N₂O₂:206.1 (M−tBu+H⁺). Found: 206.8 (M−tBu+H⁺).

Method XXXIX

Compound BZ. Compound BY (474 mg, 1.47 mmol) was added to anhydrous THF(15 mL). To this was added potassium carbonate and the reaction wasstirred under N₂ in an ice bath. A solution of ethyl bromoacetate inanhydrous THF was added dropwise. To this was added anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (5mL) and the mixture was stirred for 48 hours. The reaction was dilutedwith EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followed withsaturated NaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified withPrep HPLC to give BZ (180 mg, 0.52 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ7.12 (m, 3H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H),3.41 (s, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₉H₂₈N₂O₄: 349.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 348.9 (M+H⁺)

Method XL Example 51

Compound CA was dissolved in HOAc (6 mL). To this was added iron powderand the reaction was stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours. The mixture wasfiltered and washed with HOAc. The mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure. The Boc protected lactam intermediate was purifiedwith silica gel chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂). The material wasthen dissolved in MeOH to this was added 4N HCl in dioxane. The mixturewas stirred for 30-60 minutes, concentrated under reduced pressure, andthen purified with Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ column and elutedwith a linear gradient of 5-100% Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA togive Example 51 (109 mg, 0.28 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ7.30-7.22 (m, 3H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.45 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H),4.09 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 1.47(m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₂: 383.2(M+H⁺). Found: 383.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XLI Example 52

Example 51 (20 mg, 0.0417 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 mL).To this was added iodoethane 3.7 μL, 0.0459 mmol) and DIPEA (16 μL,0.0917 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 14 hours. The product waspurified with Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ column and eluted witha linear gradient of 5-100% Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA to giveExample 52 (6.4 mg, 0.0156 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.32-7.25(m, 3H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.46 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.10 (s,2H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.19 (m, 8H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 5H), 0.97(t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 411.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLII Compound CB

To a solution of 2,4,6-trichloro-5-nitropyrimidine (200 mg, 0.88 mmol)in THF (3 ml) at 0° C. was added Cs₂CO₃ (286 mg, 0.88 mmol) and NH₃ inEtOH (2 M, 540 μL, 1.08 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirredfor 30 min. After 2,4,6-trichloro-5-nitropyrimidine was consumed, asolution of 3-((2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylamino)methyl)benzonitrile (190 mg,0.88 mmol) in THF (2 ml) was added to the reaction mixture at 0° C. Thenthe reaction mixture was allowed to rise to room temperature and stirredfor 2 h. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq) andextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (×3). The organic phase was combined, dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column (0-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give CB. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300MHz): δ 7.65-7.43 (m, 4H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.03 (s,2H), 1.28 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₆H₁₆ClN₆O₄: 391.8(M+H⁺). Found: 391.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XLIII Compound CC

To a solution of CB in toluene was added pent-1-enylboronic acid (420mg, 3.04 mmol), K₂CO₃ (350 mg, 3.07 mmol) andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (353 mg, 0.30 mmol). The reactionmixture was reacted at 100° C. for 4 h. The reaction was cooled down,washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (×3). Theorganic phase was combined, dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtratewas concentrated down and purified by silica gel column (0-50% EtOAc inhexanes) to give CC. ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.70-7.44 (m, 4H),7.14-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.18 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (s 2H), 4.27-4.19 (m,2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 2.28-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.5Hz, 3H), 0.98-0.91 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₅N₆O₄: 425.5(M+H⁺). Found: 425.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLIV Compound CD

To a solution of CC (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) was added Pd/C(100 mg). The reaction vessel was flushed with H₂ and then stirred underan H₂ atmosphere for 20 min. Then more Pd/C (30 mg) was added andstirred for another 10 min. The reaction mixture was filtered overCelite and was concentrated to give CD, which was used withoutpurification. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₇N₆O₄: 427.5 (M+H⁺). Found:427.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLV Compound CE

To a solution of CD (120 mg, 0.28 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (3 ml)was added zinc powder (370 mg, 5.7 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 60° C. for 3 h. The solvent was removed to dryness underreduced pressure. The residue was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq)solution and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (×3). The organic phase was combined,dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated down andpurified by silica gel column (0-100% EtOAc in hexanes) to give CE. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.80-7.52 (m, 4H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H),3.35 (s, 2H), 1.69-1.29 (m, 6H), 0.90-0.86 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₁₉H₂₃N₆O: 351.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 351.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLVI Example 53

To a solution of CE (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 ml) at 0° C. wasadded DIBAL-H (1M in toluene, 710 μL, 0.71 mmol) dropwise. The reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min. The reaction was quenched bywater. The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (×3). The organic phase wascombined, dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrateddown. The residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂/MeOH (1:1, 2 ml) and to thiswas added pyrrolidine (60 μL, 0.72 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride(75 mg, 0.35 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1 h. The reaction was quenched by adding drops of 1NHCl, filtered and purified by reverse phase HPLC (5-100% Acetonitrile inH₂O) to give Example 53. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, methanol-d₄): δ 7.49-7.47 (m,4H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.42(m, 2H), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.16 (m, 2H),2.03-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.34 (m, 4H), 0.90 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O: 409.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 409.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLVII Example 54

To a solution of the aldehyde BG (20 mg, 0.056 mmol) in MeOH/CH₂Cl₂(1:1, 3 ml) was added methyl piperidine-4-carboxylate (40 mg, 0.28 mmol)and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (30 mg, 0.14 mmol) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Thereaction was quenched by adding drops of 1N HCl, filtered and purifiedby reverse phase HPLC (5-100% acetonitrile in H₂O) to give Example 54.¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.53-7.48 (m, 4H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.33(m, 4H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.99 (m,2H), 2.70-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.67(m, 2H), 1.48-1.40 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₆H₃₆N₆O₄: 483.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 483.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound CF Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.52-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.78 (s, 1H), 4.39 (t,J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (s, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.36(s, 1H), 3.06 (m, 4H), 2.60 (qt, J_(FH)=8.5 Hz, J_(HH)=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.98(m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). ¹⁹F NMR (CD₃OD, 282 MHz): δ −66.8 (t,J_(FH)=8.5 Hz, 3F). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₀F₃N₆O₆: 527.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 527.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 55 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40-720 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 4.40 (t,J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 3.31 (s, 1H), 2.50 (m, 4H),2.11-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.78 (m, 4H) [free base]. ¹⁹F NMR (CD₃OD, 282 MHz):8-66.8 (m, 3F). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₆F₃N₆O₂: 451.2 (M+H⁺). Found:451.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound BI Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40-7.25 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 4.26 (t,J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.72 (s, 1H), 3.32(s, 1H), 2.63 (m, 4H), 2.28 (qt, J_(FH)=11.4 Hz, J_(HH)=6.3 Hz, 2H),1.95-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

¹⁹F NMR (CD₃OD, 282 MHz): 8-68.5 (t, J_(FH)=11.4 Hz, 3F). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₄H₃₂F₃N₆O₅: 541.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 541.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 56 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.40-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.79 (s, 1H), 4.27 (t,J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 3.91 (s, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 2.69 (m, 4H),2.34-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 4H) [free base]. ¹⁹F NMR(CD₃OD, 282 MHz): δ −68.5 (m, 3F). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈F₃N₆O₂:465.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 465.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CG Prepared Using Method XV Parts 1 and 2

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.25-7.37 (m, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.12 (m,4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₄S: 461.6 (M+H⁺). Found:461.2 (M+H).

Compound CH Prepared Using Method VIII

Ethyl-N_(α)-[4-amino-2-methanesulfonyl-5-nitropyrimidin-6-yl],N_(α)-[2′-(pyrrolidin-1″-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-glycinate

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₉N₆O₆S: 493.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 493.2 (M+H).

Compound CI Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.26-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.07-4.23(m, 6H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 2.36 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.41(m, 2H), 1.22 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₅: 487.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 57 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.37-7.67 (m, 4H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.58 (s,2H), 4.39 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H),2.21 (m, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, J=7Hz)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.5 (M+H⁺). Found:411.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CJ Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.78 (s,2H), 4.20 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.62(m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₅H₃₇N₆O₃: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 58 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 5.16 (m, 1H),4.94 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H),2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺).Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CK Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.78 (s,2H), 4.20 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.62(m, 2H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₆: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 59 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 5.16 (m, 1H),4.94 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H),2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t,J=7 Hz, 3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺).Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CL Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.31 (m, 4H), 5.00 (m, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H),4.19 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m,4H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₇N₆O₆: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 60 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.47-7.58 (m, 4H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.94 (s,2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m,2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t, J=7 Hz,3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found:425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CM Prepared Using Method XI

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.31 (m, 4H), 5.00 (m, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H),4.19 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m,4H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₆: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 61 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.47-7.58 (m, 4H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.94 (s,2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m,2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t, J=7 Hz,3H)-[HCl salt]. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found:425.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound CN Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.22-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.14-4.29(m, 6H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.28 (m, 6H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₅: 459.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 459.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 62 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.48 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m,2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₂: 383.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 383.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound CM Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.42-7.56 (m, 4H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s,2H), 4.21 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H),2.17 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₀H₂₇N₆O₅: 431.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 431.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 63 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.53 (m, 3H), 4.85 (s,2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m,2H), 2.01 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₃N₆O₂: 355.4 (M+H⁺).Found: 355.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound CN Prepared Using Method IV and Method VII Parts 1 and 2

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₂H₂₇N₂O₂: 291.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 291.2 (M+H).

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 4.78 (d, J=16 Hz,1H), 4.63 (q, J=7 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m,2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.63 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H),1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₄S: 475.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 475.2 (M+H).

Compound CO Prepared Using Method VIII

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₆S: 507.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 507.2 (M+H).

Compound CP Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.22 (m, 3H), 4.80 (d, J=16 Hz,1H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.25 (m, 4H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 4H), 1.76(m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 5H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (t, J=7Hz). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₅: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H).

Example 64 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 5.34 (d, J=16 Hz,1H), 4.64 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (m, 4H), 4.22 (q, J=7 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (m,2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m,5H), 0.93 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5(M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H).

Compound CQ Prepared Via Method IV

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₂H₂₇N₂O₂: 291.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 291.1 (M+H).

Compound CR Prepared Using Method VII Parts 1 and 2

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.21-7.30 (m, 4H), 4.76 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H),4.57 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H),1.78 (m, 4H), 1.62 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₄S: 475.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 475.2 (M+H).

Compound CS Prepared Using Method VIII

LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₆S: 507.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 507.2 (M+H).

Compound CT Prepared Using Method X

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.23-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.78 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H),4.54 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.22 (m, 4H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m,4H), 1.62 (m, 5H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7 Hz).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₇N₆O₅: 501.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H).

Example 65 Prepared Using Method XII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H),5.32 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (m, 4H), 4.22 (q, J=7Hz, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.70(m, 2H), 1.45 (m, 5H), 0.94 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H).

Compound CU, which was made from BU following the same procedure to makeD, was converted to CV using Method VIII, then the butoxy group wasinstalled following Method X to give CW. Finally, the final productExample 66 was produced by following Method XII. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.58 (d,J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (s, broad, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.06-4.02 (m, 2H),3.86 (s, 2H), 3.67-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.41-3.37 (m, 4H), 1.57-1.50 (m, 2H),1.35-1.17 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.83 (m, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₀H₂₈N₇O₃:413.47 (M+H⁺). Found: 414.1 (M+H⁺).

Example 67 Method X Followed by Method XII

From the corresponding sulfone/sulfoxide, this compound was madefollowing Method X using tetrahydrofurfurol as the alcohol. Method XIIwas then employed to achieve the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.71 (s, broad, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.54(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (s, broad, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.87(s, 2H), 3.71-3.58 (m, 7H), 3.46-3.39 (m, 4H), 1.93-1.75 (m, 4H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈N₇O₄: 441.48 (M+H⁺). Found: 442.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound CX was made following Method XI using the corresponding sulfoneBN (125 mg) and (1S,3R,5R)-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-ol (440 mg) with 2.5 mLof DMF as cosolvent and 4 drops of TFA at 102° C. over 2 h. The mixturewas quenched with water, diluted with EtOAc, and the pH was adjusted to8 using solid K₂CO₃. The mixture was partitioned into EtOAc, and theorganic layer was dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated invacuo. Chromatography on silica gel using CH₂Cl₂ and MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ aseluent afforded 23 mg of desired compound CX. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₆H₃₅N₆O₅: 510.59 (M+H⁺). Found: 511.1 (M+H⁺).

The unpurified CX from before was carried forward following: Method XIIin MeOH and stirred 3 h until starting material consumed by HPLC/LCMS.The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂, filtered through short plug ofCelite, and the Celite was washed with copious methanol:CH₂Cl₂ (50-50),and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was redissolved inacetonitrile, and filtered through a 0.2 micron filter to remove anyresidual Celite. Water was added, the mixture was frozen andlyophilized. 4.7 mg of Example 68 was obtained. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 11.37 (s, broad, 1H), 10.23-10.17 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.39 (m, 4H),5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 3H), 3.28(s, broad, 2H), 2.98 (s, broad, 2H), 2.14-1.46 (m, 9H), 1.38-1.16 (m,3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₁N₆O₂: 434.53 (M+H⁺). Found: 435.1(M+H⁺).

Starting from CV, Method X was employed to install the cyclopentoxyfunctionality on the pyrimidine ring and give CY. This intermediate wasthen advanced into Method XII to give rise to Example 69. ¹H NMR:(DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 9.70 (s, broad, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H),6.58 (s, 1H), 6.19 (s, broad, 2H), 5.08 (s, broad, 2H), 4.55 (s, broad,2H), 3.85 (s, broad, 1H), 3.66 (s, broad, 4H), 3.38 (s, broad, 4H),1.78-1.22 (m, broad, 8H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₈N₇O₃: 425.48(M+H⁺). Found: 426.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound A (224 mg, 0.844 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (10 mL)and the mixture was stirred under N₂(g) in an ice bath. A 7 N NH₃ inMeOH solution (131 μL, 0.92 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over3 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes, after which more 7 NNH₃ in MeOH solution (40 μL, 0.36 mmol) was added, and the mixture wasstirred for 30 more minutes. A solution of BZ (267 mg, 0.767 mmol) inanhydrous THF (2 mL) was added to the reaction, followed by DIPEA (267μL, 1.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred for 2 hours atroom temperature, diluted reaction with EtOAc and washed with saturatedNaHCO₃(aq) solution (2×) followed with saturated NaCl(aq). The organicextract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentratedunder reduced pressure. Purification with silica gel chromatography(0-30% EtOAc in hexanes) gave CZ (353 mg, 0.663 mmol). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,300 MHz): δ 7.11-7.04 (m, 3H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.21 (m, 2H),4.05 (s, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H),1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound CZ (353 mg, 0.663 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile(13 mL) and stirred under N₂(g) in an ice bath. A 32% peracetic acidsolution (700 μL, 3.22 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for4-5 hours. To this was added saturated Na₂S₂O₃(aq) solution and EtOAcand the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The organic extract was thenwashed with NaHCO₃(aq) solution followed with saturated NaCl(aq), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The intermediate was added to n-BuOH (10 mL) and TFA (204 μL,2.65 mmol) and then stirred at 100° C. for 7 hours. The mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound CA that was usedwithout purification.

Example 51 (20 mg, 0.0417 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 mL).To this was added bromomethylcyclopropane (4.5 μL, 0.0459 mmol) andDIPEA (16 μL, 0.0917 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 14 hours.Purification with Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ column and elutedwith a linear gradient of 5-100% Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA togave Example 70 (8.2 mg, 0.0188 mmol). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ7.32-7.26 (m, 3H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 3H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.87 (m,1H), 3.43-3.19 (m, 8H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 1H), 0.96(t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.52 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 437.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 437.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 51 (20 mg, 0.0417 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 mL).To this was added 2-iodopropane (4.6 μL, 0.0459 mmol) and DIPEA (16 μL,0.0917 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 14 hours. Purificationwith Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ column and eluted with a lineargradient of 5-100% Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA to gave Example 71(5.5 mg, 0.0130 mmol). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.30-7.28 (m, 3H),5.52 (m, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.15 (m,6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 8H), 0.97 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 51 (20 mg, 0.0417 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 mL).To this was added bromomethylbutane (5.2 μL, 0.0459 mmol) and DIPEA (16μL, 0.0917 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 14 hours. Purificationwith Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ column and eluted with a lineargradient of 5-100% Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA to gave Example 72(8.4 mg, 0.0186 mmol). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.20 (m, 3H),5.43 (m, 1H), 4.41 (m, 4H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.22 (m, 7H), 3.13 (m,1H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.45 (m,2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₅N₆O₂: 451.3(M+H⁺). Found: 451.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound DC Method VII Followed by Method VIII Followed by Method X

Prepared by using Method VII Compound DA: LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₁₈H₂₀N₆O₄S: 417.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 417.0 (M+H⁺). After Method VIII:Compound DB: LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₀N₆O₆S: 449.4 (M+H⁺). Found:448.8 (M+H⁺). After Method X: Compound DC: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ7.68-7.48 (m, 4H), 5.10-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.91 (d, J=4.8Hz, 2H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 6H), 0.95(t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₇N₆O₅: 443.5 (M+H⁺).Found: 443.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound DD was made by a similar method to that used to make compoundCE. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₉H₂₃N₆O₂: 367.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 367.1 (M+H⁺).

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.60-7.50 (m, 4H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 1H),4.50-4.41 (m, 4H), 4.13 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H),3.49-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.00 (m,2H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 5H), 1.52-1.42 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.3 (M+H⁺).

Example 74 Method XXXIII Followed by Method XLIX

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.58-7.48 (m, 4H), 622-6.18 (m, 1H),4.45-4.35 (m, 4H), 4.12 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H),3.49-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.00 (m,2H), 1.80-1.45 (m, 7H), 0.98 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

To a solution of BG (20 mg, 0.056 mmol) in MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1:1, 3 mL) wasadded piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (33 mg, 0.25 mmol) and sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (30 mg, 0.14 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Then the solvent was removedand the residue was redissolved in DMF (2 mL). To the mixture was addedsodium cyanoborohydride (15 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 1 day. The reaction was quenched with 1NHCl, the mixture was diluted by MeOH, filtered and purified by reversephase HPLC (5-100% acetonitrile in H₂O) to give Example 75. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.53-7.49 (m, 4H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 4H),4.10 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.60 (m, 1H),2.26-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.38 (m,2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₄: 469.5(M+H⁺). Found: 469.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 76

A flask containing a solution of BT (23.0 mg) in MeOH (4.0 mL) wastreated with a slurry of 50% w/v aq. Raney Nickel (1 mL). The system waspurged/backfilled with H₂/vacuum several times, then stirred vigorouslyunder a balloon of H₂ at 23° C. for 4 days. The reaction was filteredover Celite with the aide of MeOH/CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate was concentrated,giving Example 76 as a yellow solid (20 mg, 99% yield). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD,300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.31-7.17 (m, 4H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H),3.61 (s, 2H), 3.17 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.47 (m,4H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.18 (m, 2H), 0.83 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₄N₇O: 424.3 (M+H⁺). Found:424.2 (M+H⁺).

The sulfone BN, (74.3 mg) was dissolved in 1.5 mL THF, and 300 μL oftetrahydrofurfuryl amine was added. The mixture was heated to 60° C. forone hour, then quenched by the addition of water, and diluted withEtOAc. After washing organic layer with water, then brine, the organicextracts were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated invacuo. The product DE was purified with silica gel chromatography,eluting with MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ to give 35.3 mg. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₅H₃₅N₇O₅: 513.59 (M+H⁺). Found: 514.0 (M+H⁺), 257.6 (M+2H⁺/2).

Compound DE was advanced by Method XII to give rise to give Example 77.¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 9.52 (s, broad, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 4H),5.85 (s, broad, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 3H),3.64-3.45 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.49 (s, broad, 4H), 1.89-1.64 (m,6H), 1.58-1.41 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O₂: 437.54 (M+H⁺).Found: 438.2 (M+H⁺).

Starting from CV, Method XIII was employed with butylamine. Afterpurification on silica gel eluting with CH₂Cl₂ and a 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂gradient, Compound DF was obtained. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O₂:488.54 (M+H⁺). Found: 489.1 (M+H⁺), 245.0 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound DF was advanced using Method XII to give rise to Example 78. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, broad, 1H), 7.51 (d,broad, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, broad, 2H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H),4.71 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, broad, 4H), 3.58 (s, broad, 4H),3.16-3.14 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.16 (m, 4H), 0.78 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₀H₂₉N₈O₂: 412.49 (M+H⁺). Found: 413.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound BG (23 mg, 0.066 mmol) was added to anhydrous NMP (1 mL). Tothis was added methyl piperazine (73 μL, 0.66 mmol) and HOAc (19 μL,0.33 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. To this was addedNaBH(OAc)₃ (140 mg, 0.66 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours.The mixture was diluted with MeOH and purified with Prep HPLC PhenomenexGemini 5u C₁₈ column and eluted with a linear gradient of 5-100%Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA to give Example 79 (16 mg, 0.036 mmol).¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.48-7.45 (m, 4H), 4.44 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s,2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.52 (bs, 4H), 3.32 (bs, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m,2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₄N₇O₂: 440.3(M+H⁺). Found: 440.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound BG (23 mg, 0.066 mmol) was added to anhydrous NMP (1 mL). Tothis was added 2-amino pyridine (62 mg, 0.66 mmol) and HOAc (19 μL, 0.33mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. To this was then addedNaBH(OAc)₃ (140 mg, 0.66 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours.The mixture was diluted with MeOH and purified with Prep HPLC PhenomenexGemini 5u C₁₈ column and eluted with a linear gradient of 5-100%Acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA to give Example 80 (6 mg, 0.014 mmol).¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ 7.93 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.07(s, 2H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₂₈N₇O₂: 434.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 434.1 (M+H⁺).

Method LI N-Cyanoacetyl-(2-methoxyethoxyl)-isouronium chloride (CompoundDG)

A suspension of cyanoacetylcyanamide, monosodium salt BI (20.0 g, 153mmol) in 2-Methoxyethanol (100 mL) was treated with HCl (4.0 M indioxane, 100 mL, 400 mmol). During addition the suspension became morecolloidal and there was a mild exotherm to an internal temperature of52° C. After 3 h, 10% w/v aq. NaHCO₃ (140 mL) was added cautiously(effervescence) until the pH of the aq. phase reached 8.0. The organiclayer was collected, and the aqueous phase was extracted (2×100 mLEtOAc). All organic layers were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄), and filteredover glass frits, and concentrated to a volume of ˜10 mL. The thicksyrupy residue contains crudeN-cyanoacetyl-(2-methoxyethoxyl)-isouronium chloride, DG, which isunstable and immediately used in the next reaction. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₇H₁₂N₃O₃: 186.1 (M+H⁺). Found: 186.0 (M+H⁺).

Method LII 4-Amino-2-(2′-Methoxyethoxyl)-6-hydroxypyrimidine (CompoundDH)

An emulsion of all of the crude N-cyanoacetyl-butylisouronium chlorideDG (28.4 g, 153 mmol) in a mixture of dioxane and 2-methoxyethanol (˜10mL) was treated with 10% w/v aq. Na₂CO₃ (120 mL) and was stirredvigorously at 90° C. for 18 h. The reaction was then allowed to cool to23° C. over the next hour. The reaction was extracted with severalportions of EtOAc. The aqueous layer was neutralized to pH=7.0 withconc. aq. HCl and concentrated to a semisolid. The organic layers andaqueous-derived semisolid were combined, and triturated with hotMeOH/EtOAc. The system was cooled to 23° C. and filtered. The filtratewas concentrated and the residue purified via flash chromatography onsilica gel (Eluent: DCM/MeOH 100:0→80:20), giving semipure productCompound DH as an oily solid. The solid was triturated with DCM, and thewhite crystals of pure Compound DH were obtained via filtration (584 mg,2% yield over 2 steps). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 11.22 (s,broad, 1H), 10.43 (s, broad, 1H), 7.40 (s, broad, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H),4.36 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₇H₁₂N₃O₃: 186.1 (M+H⁺). Found: 186.0 (M+H⁺).

Method LIII 4-Amino-2-(2′-methoxyethoxyl)-5-nitro-6-hydroxypyrimidine,DJ

A flask containing fuming aqueous HNO₃ (1.0 mL) at 0° C. was treatedwith 4-amino-2-(2′-methoxyethoxy)-6-hydroxypyrimidine DH (500 mg) inportions over a 10 min period. The maroon reaction was treated withadditional fuming HNO₃ (200 μL). After 2 h, the reaction was addeddropwise to H₂O (10 mL) at 0° C. pH was adjusted to 11.0 via portionwiseaddition of solid Na₂CO₃ at 0° C. Then 1.0 M aq HCl was added dropwiseuntil the pH reached 3.0. The pink solid that precipitated was removedvia filtration, and the filtrate was allowed to stand open to the airovernight. The solution went from purple to yellow. The filtrate wasthen directly loaded onto a C18 Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 50 gram column andflashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100) giving a mixture ofDI and DJ. This mixture was dissolved in a minimum of DMSO and directlyloaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 15 gram column and flashed (Eluent:0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving separated products DI(higher polarity product) (175 mg, 28% yield) and DJ (lower polarityproduct) (44.2 mg, 7% yield). Data for DI (high polarity product): ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.15 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s,1H), 4.50 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₇H₁₁N₄O₆: 231.1 (M+H⁺). Found: 230.9 (M+H⁺). Datafor DJ (high polarity product): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.40(s, broad, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 4.43 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=4.6 Hz,2H), 3.31 (s, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₇H₁₁N₄O₆: 231.1 (M+H⁺). Found:230.8 (M+H⁺).

An analytically pure sample of DI (36.3 mg) was treated with fuming HNO₃(500 μL) at 0° C. Then conc. aq. H₂SO₄ (500 μL) was introduced dropwiseover a 3 min period. After 5 min, the reaction was added to an ice-coldsuspension of NaHCO₃ (2.52 g) in H₂O (10 mL) in a dropwise fashion. Thereaction was allowed to warm to 23° C. The homogeneous solution wasdirectly loaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 15 gram column and flashed(Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DJ (16.2 mg, 45%yield) having analytical data as detailed above.

Method LIV Ethyl N_(α)-(4′-Iodobenzyl)-glycinate, hydrochloride,compound DK

A suspension of ethyl glycinate hydrochloride (944 mg) in DMF (6.0 mL)was stirred for 5 min. p-Iodobenzyl bromide (2.00 g) was added. Theheterogeneous system was warmed to 50° C. and stirred for 5 min, duringwhich time, most solids dissolved. K₂CO₃ (2.80 g, granular) was addedsteadily over 5 min. After 2 h, the reaction was cooled to 23° C. Conc.aq. HCl (3.3 mL) was added, followed by H₂O (7.0 mL). The heterogeneousmix was stirred for 15 min and filtered (the cake was washed with CH₃CN(4×5 mL)). The net filtrate was concentrated until no CH₃CN remained.The crude product solution was filtered through a 0.45 micron Teflonfilter and loaded directly onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 100 gram columnand flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DK (688mg, 29% yield) as an HCl salt. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 9.78(s, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (q, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₁H₁₆INO₂: 320.0 (M+H⁺). Found: 319.9 (M+H⁺).

Method LV Compound DL

A suspension of ethyl N_(α)-(4′-Iodobenzyl)-glycinate, hydrochloride(DK) (200 mg), 3-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)benzeneboronic acid pinacolatediester (162 mg), KOAc (166 mg), H₂O (1.0 mL), absolute EtOH (1.0 mL),and PhMe (2.0 mL) was degassed with argon via needle for 5 min.PdCl₂(dppf) (12 mg) was added and the reaction was heated to 80° C.After 12 h, no conversion was achieved, so K₂CO₃ (233 mg) was added,followed after 2 h, by additional PdCl₂(dppf) (12 mg). After thereaction was complete, it was cooled to 23° C. and partitioned between10% Na₂CO₃ and EtOAc. The organic phase was collected, dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated. The residue was treated with 1.0 M aq. HCland CH₃CN (minimum to achieve solution) and directly loaded onto aTeledyne Ism ‘gold’ 50 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq.HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DL (185.2 mg, 77% yield) as a white solid(in the dihydrochloride form). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.96 (s,1H), 7.85 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H),7.64-7.58 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.33 (q, J=7.0 hz, 2H),4.03 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.13 (m, 2H),2.12-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₂H₂₉N₂O₂: 353.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 353.1 (M+H⁺).

Method LVI Compound DM

A suspension of ethyl N_(α)-(4′-Iodobenzyl)-glycinate, hydrochloride(DK) (200 mg), 4-(pyrrolidin-1′-ylmethyl)benzeneboronic acid pinacolatediester (162 mg), PdCl₂(dppf) (24 mg) and K₂CO₃ (233 mg) in PhMe (2.0mL), absolute EtOH (1.0 mL), and H₂O (1.0 mL) was degassed with argonfrom a needle for 2 min. Then the reaction was heated to 80° C. for 16h. The reaction was cooled to 23° C., and the pH was adjusted to 1.0using 1.0 M aq HCl (˜4.0 mL). The reaction was concentrated to removePhMe and EtOH, and H₂O was added along with CH₃CN (minimum needed forsalvation). The solution was loaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 50 gramcolumn and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), givingDM (187 mg, 78% yield) as a white solid (in the dihydrochloride form).¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.891 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.890 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s,2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.32 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.58-3.48 (m,2H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.32 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₂O₂: 353.2 (M+H⁺). Found:353.0 (M+H⁺).

Method LVII Compound DN

A solution of 2-carboxy-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (1.00 g) in NMP (10 mL)at 23° C. was treated dropwise with conc. aq. NH₄OH (2.0 mL). Onceeffervescence ceased, the reaction was slowly warmed to 60° C., and heldat this temperature for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to 23° C., and H₂O(10 mL) was added, giving a milky suspension. Conc. aq. HCl (2.0 mL) wasadded dropwise. After 30 min, the suspension was filtered, and thefilter cake was dried in a vacuum oven at 45° C., giving DN (537 mg,61%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 13.40 (s,broad, 1H), 7.58 (app. s, broad, 2H), 6.58 (s, 1H). LCMS-ESI: compounddoes not ionize.

Method LVIII Compound DO

A suspension of 4-amino-2-carboxy-6-chloropyrimidine (535 mg), DMF (3.0mL), and N-Methyl Morpholine (1.72 mL) was heated to 60° C.N-Methyl-Propylamine (642 μL) was added, along with more DMF (1.0 mL, toaide fluidity). Then HATU (1.19 g) was introduced. After the reactionwas complete, it was concentrated at 60° C. to remove volatile amines.The reaction was cooled to 23° C., and 1.0 M aq HCl (2.0 mL) was added.The solution was directly loaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 50 gramcolumn and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), givingDO (618 mg, 87%) as an orange oil, which solidified upon standing. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz) (compound exists as a mixture of two amiderotamers at 23° C. with some associated protons having distinctresonances): δ (ppm) 7.50 (app. s, broad, 2H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 3.36 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, one rotamer), 3.06 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, one rotamer),2.93 (s, 1.5H, one rotamer), 2.80 (s, 1.5H, one rotamer), 1.56 (app. qt,J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H, both rotamers), 0.91 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, onerotamer), 0.76 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, one rotamer). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₉H₁₄ClN₄O: 229.1 (M+H⁺) and 231.1 (M+2+H⁺). Found: 229.1 (M+H⁺) and231.1 (M+2+H⁺).

Method LIX Compound DP

A flask containing the pyrimidine DO (538 mg) was cooled to 0° C. FumingHNO₃ (1.0 mL) was added. After the initial exotherm had subsided, conc.aq. H₂SO₄ (1.0 mL) was introduced over a 3 min period. The reaction wasthen allowed to warm to 23° C. After 45 h, the reaction was addeddropwise to an ice-cold suspension of NaHCO₃ (5.0 g) in H₂O (20 mL). Ayellow precipitate formed. The quenched reaction was then treated withCH₃CN (4.5 mL) and DMF (1.5 mL). The now homogeneous solution wasdirectly loaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 50 gram column and flashed(Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DP (180.4 mg, 28%yield) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) (compound exists as amixture of two amide rotamers at 23° C. with some associated protonshaving distinct resonances): δ (ppm) 7.91 (app. s, broad, 2H), 3.50 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 1H, single rotamer), 3.17 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, single amiderotamer), 3.10 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 2.98 (s, 1.5H, singlerotamer), 1.68 (app. qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H, both rotamers), 0.97 (t,J=7.6, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.85 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, single rotamer).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₉H₁₃ClN₅O₃: 274.1 (M+H⁺) and 276.1 (M+2+H⁺).Found: 274.0 (M+H⁺) and 276.0 (M+2+H⁺).

Method LX Compound DQ

A solution of E (30 mg) in DMF (500 μL) was added to a vial containingthe pyrimidine DP (30 mg). Finally, Et₃N (31 μL) was added at 23° C.After 2 h, the reaction was complete. 1.0 M aq. HCl (300 μL) and CH₃CN(50 μL). The reaction was loaded directly onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’5.5 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN95:5→0:100), giving DQ (16.4 mg, 27% yield) as a monohydrochloride salt.¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) (compound exists as a mixture of two amiderotamers at 23° C. with some associated protons having distinctresonances): δ (ppm) 12.65 (s, broad, 1H), 7.71 (app. s, broad, 2H),7.44-7.26 (m, 4H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.02 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 2H),3.43 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, single rotamer), 3.17 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, singlerotamer), 3.02 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 3.01-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.92 (s,1.5H, single rotamer), 2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.61 (app.qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H, both rotamers), 1.27 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.93(t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.85 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, singlerotamer). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₆N₇O₅: 514.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 514.2(M+H⁺).

Method LXI Example 81

A solution of the amide DQ (16.4 mg) in glacial AcOH (1.64 mL) wastreated with zinc powder (48 mg) at 23° C. After the reaction wascomplete (3 h), it was diluted with H₂O (300 μL) and loaded onto aTeledyne Isco ‘gold’ 5.5 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq.HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving Example 81 (1.8 mg, 14% yield) as a whitesolid in monohydrochloride form. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) (compoundexists as a mixture of two amide rotamers at 23° C. with some associatedprotons having distinct resonances): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.42 (m, 4H), 5.50 (s,2H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.18 (app. s, 1H, single rotamer), 4.16(app. s, 1H, single rotamer), 3.55-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.14(s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 3.07 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 2.22-2.08 (m,2H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 2H, both rotamers), 0.97 (t, J=7.6Hz, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.75 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H), single rotamer).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O₂: 438.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 438.2 (M+H⁺) and219.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Method LXII Compound ZZ

A suspension of the sulfone (BN) (15.8 mg), (R)-1-methoxy-2-propanol(300 μL), and TFA (10 μL) was heated to 100° C. for 17.5 h. The reactionwas cooled to 23° C., diluted with H₂O (600 μL) and loaded directly ontoa Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 5.5 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/vaq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DR (13 mg, 76% yield) as amonohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.64 (s, 1H),9.68 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.20 (m, 4H), 5.27 (s,broad, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.08 (m, 5H), 3.67-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.34 (s,3H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.18(m, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₆: 503.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 503.2(M+H⁺).

Method LXIII Compound DS

A suspension of nitropyrimidine (DI) (15.3 mg), amino acid ester (DL)(31.4 mg), and DMF (589 μL) was treated with Et₃N (37 μL). HATU (33 mg)was introduced, followed by more DMF (589 μL) to aide fluidity. After 1h, the completed reaction was treated with 1.0 M aq. HCl (300 μL)followed by CH₃CN (100 μL). The reaction was directly loaded onto aTeledyne Isco ‘gold’ 15 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq.HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving DS (31.1 mg, 78% yield) as amonohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.74 (s,broad, 1H), 8.96 (s, broad, 1H), 8.24 (s, broad, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.72-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.35 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H),4.30-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.62-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.70 (m, 2H),2.29-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₉H₃₇N₆O₆: 565.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 565.3 (M+H⁺).

Method LXIV Examples 82 and 83

A solution of Example 49 (free base, 10.2 mg) in DMSO (800 μL) and H₂O(200 μL) was heated to 80° C. and treated with MnO₂ (85%, activated,from Sigma-Aldrich, 21 mg). After 45 min, the reaction was quicklycooled to 23° C. and filtered through a 0.45 micron Teflon filter. Thefiltrate was directly loaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 5.5 gram columnand flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving Example82 (1.0 mg, 8.7% yield, higher-polarity product) as a monohydrochloridesalt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.39 (m, 4H), 5.48 (app. s,1H), 5.38 (app. d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.36-4.34(m, 2H), 3.60-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.05 (m, 4H), 1.69(tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (qt, 7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₃: 427.2 (M+H⁺) and calc'dfor C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₂: 409.2 (M-OH)⁺. Found: 409.1 (M-OH)⁺. In addition,Example 83 (5.7 mg, 50% yield, lower-polarity product) was obtained as amonohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.39 (m,4H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.34 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.48-3.39 (m,2H), 3.20-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.70 (tt,J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (t, J=7.6Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₃: 425.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2(M+H⁺).

Method LXV Example 84

A solution of Example 4 (free base form, 9.9 mg) in DMSO (2.4 mL) wastreated with H₂O (600 μL) followed by MnO₂ (85%, activated, fromSigma-Aldrich, 104 mg) at 23° C. Once the reaction was complete, it wasfiltered through a 0.45 micron Teflon filter. The filtrate was directlyloaded onto a Teledyne Isco ‘gold’ 5.5 gram column and flashed (Eluent:0.05% w/v aq. HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving Example 84 (3.0 mg, 27%yield) as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm)7.53 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s,2H), 4.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.50-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.09 (m, 2H),2.25-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.17-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.70 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H),1.45 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₂₉N₆O₃: 425.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.1 (M+H⁺).

Method LXVI Compound DT

To a solution of compound BM (220 mg, 0.57 mmol) in THF, was addedtriethyl amine (160 μL, 1.14 mmol), tert-butyl6-((2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylamino)methyl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(1H)-carboxylate(200 mg, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 h. After reaction finished, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc, treated with saturated aq. NaHCO₃, and extracted byEtOAc (3×). The organic layer was combined, dried over MgSO₄, filtered,concentrated, and purified on a silica gel column. (Eluent: 0→100% EtOAcin Hexanes), giving Compound DT. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm)7.30-7.06 (m, 3H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.21-4.10 (m, 4H), 4.03(s, 2H), 3.62-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.79 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.50(s, 9H), 1.48-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.22 (m, 3H), 0.96-0.89 (m, 3H).

Compound DU Prepared by Method I

Compound DU was prepared according to Method I: (Free base form of DUwas converted to dioxalic acid salt by slurrying with 2.0 equiv. ofoxalic acid in warm absolute EtOH. Precipitate was dried in a vacuumoven after filtration). ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz): δ 7.46 (s, 4H), 4.29 (s,2H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.39 (m, 2H),3.06 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.15 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₆H₂₅N₂O₂: 277.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 277.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound DV Method LX

Compound DV was prepared from Compound DU and Compound DP according toMethod LX: 11% yield; compound is a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz) (compound exists as a mixture of two amide rotamers at23° C. with some associated protons having distinct resonances): δ (ppm)12.75 (s, 1H), 7.66 (app. s, broad, 2H), 7.38 (app. s, broad, 2H), 4.76(s, 2H), 4.33-4.27 (m, 4H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.16 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, singlerotamer), 3.02 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, single rotamer), 2.91 (s, 1.5H, singlerotamer), 2.90-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 2.80-2.65(m, 2H), 2.30-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.64 (app. qt, J=7.6 Hz,7.6 Hz, 2H, both rotamers), 1.24 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (t, J=7.6 Hz,1.5H, single rotamer), 0.87 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, single rotamer).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₅H₃₆N₇O₅: 514.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 514.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 85 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 85 was obtained in 20% yield as a white solid in the form of amonohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) (compound exists as amixture of two amide rotamers at 23° C. with some associated protonshaving distinct resonances): δ (ppm) 7.62-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.45 (m,2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.19 (app. s, 1H, singlerotamer), 4.15 (app. s, 1H, single rotamer), 3.55-3.40 (m, 2H),3.40-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 3.09 (s, 1.5H, singlerotamer), 2.30-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.65 (m, 2H, both rotamers), 0.96 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.76 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1.5H, singlerotamer). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₂N₇O₂: 438.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 438.2(M+H⁺) and 219.7 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound 86 Prepared by Method LXII

Compound DW was prepared in 38% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.63 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.30 (m, 4H),5.24-5.06 (m, 2H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.32-4.16 (m, 5H), 3.66-3.35 (m, 4H),3.34 (s, 3H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H),1.34-1.20 (m, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₅N₆O₆: 503.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 503.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 87 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 87 was obtained in 43% yield as a dihydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 3H), 5.38-5.30 (m,1H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.48 (m, 4H), 3.34(s, 3H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.32(d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₃: 427.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 427.2 (M+H⁺), 214.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 88 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 88 was obtained in 18% yield as a dihydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 3H), 5.37-5.29 (m,1H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.58-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.34(s, 3H), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.27-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.31 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₃: 427.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 427.2 (M+H⁺),214.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Compound DX Prepared by Method LXIII

Compound DX was prepared in 54% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.76 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=7.6 Hz,2H), 7.63 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.48(t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.23 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H),3.65 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.17 (m,2H), 2.25-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₉H₃₇N₆O₆: 565.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 565.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound DY Prepared by Method LXIII

Compound DY was prepared in 75% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 12.76 (s, broad, 1H), 8.85 (s, broad, 1H),8.21 (s, broad, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H),4.80 (s, 2H), 4.37-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.73-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.79 (m, 2H),2.30-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.30 (m,2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₃₀H₃₉N₆O₅: 563.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 563.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound DZ Prepared by Method LXIII

Compound DZ was prepared in 54% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.75 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=7.9 Hz,2H), 7.63 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.43(s, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H),3.58-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.96 (m,2H), 1.71 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H),1.27 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₃₀H₃₉N₆O₆: 563.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 563.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 89 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 89 was obtained in 35% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.55-7.38 (m, 4H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 4.73 (s, 2H),4.31 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.20(m, 2H), 2.20-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.71 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (qt,J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₂H₂₉N₆O₃: 425.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 90 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 90 was obtained in 14% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.70-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.36 (q, J=7.6, 2H),3.60-3.20 (m, 4H), 2.25-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.20 (m, 4H), 0.94 (t, J=7.6Hz, 2H); other resonances were too broad or poorly resolved to belabeled definitively. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₀N₇O₂: 424.2 (M+H⁺).Found: 424.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 91 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 91 was obtained in 80% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.35 (m, 4H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.36 (m,2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.69-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.38 (s, 3H),2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₂₇N₆O₄:427.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 427.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 92 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 92 was obtained in 9% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. Toreach complete conversion, an extra 100 equiv of MnO₂ was implemented.¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) (compound exists as a mixture of two amiderotamers at 23° C. with some associated protons having distinctresonances): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H),3.80-3.25 (m, 6H), 3.08 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 2.93 (s, 1.5H, singlerotamer), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.47 (app. t, J=8.4 Hz,1H, single rotamer), 1.05 (app. t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, single rotamer),0.98-0.86 (m, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.85-0.78 (m, 1.5H, singlerotamer). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₀N₇O₃: 452.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 452.2(M+H⁺).

Example 93 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 93 was obtained in 16% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. Toreach complete conversion, an extra 100 equiv of MnO₂ was implemented.¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) (compound exists as a mixture of two amiderotamers at 23° C. with some associated protons having distinctresonances): δ (ppm) 7.60-7.40 (m, 4H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H),3.80-3.25 (m, 6H), 3.05 (s, 1.5H, single rotamer), 2.88 (s, 1.5H, singlerotamer), 2.21-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.47 (app. t, J=8.4 Hz,1H, single rotamer), 0.95 (app. t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, single rotamer),0.92-0.86 (m, 1.5H, single rotamer), 0.82-0.70 (m, 1.5H, singlerotamer). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₀N₇O₃: 452.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 452.2(M+H⁺).

Example 94 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 94 was obtained in 87% yield as a dihydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.43 (m,4H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.61 (t, J=4.7, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.73(t, J=4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 2H),2.25-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.96 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₃₃N₆O₃:489.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 489.2 (M+H⁺), 245.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 95 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 95 was obtained in 97% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.80-7.46 (m, 8H), 5.53 (s, 2H), 4.46 (t,J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.68 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.58-3.42 (m, 2H),3.36 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 2H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₃₁N₆O₄: 503.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 503.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 96 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 96 was obtained in 87% yield as a dihydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.44 (m,4H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 4.49 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H),3.58-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m,2H), 1.77 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H),0.95 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₈H₃₅N₆O₂: 487.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 487.2 (M+H⁺) and 244.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 97 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 97 was obtained in 21% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.80-7.43 (m, 8H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H),4.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.21-1.87(m, 4H), 1.76 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.47 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz,2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₈H₃₃N₆O₃: 501.3(M+H⁺). Found: 501.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 98 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 98 was obtained in quantitative yield as a dihydrochloride salt.¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.77 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.97 (s, 2H),4.62 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.72 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 3.58-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.12 (m,2H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₃₃N₆O₃: 489.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 489.1 (M+H⁺) and 245.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 99 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 99 was obtained in 20% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.74 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.50 (m, 6H),5.53 (s, 2H), 4.43 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 3.58-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99(m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₃₁N₆O₄: 503.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 503.1(M+H⁺).

Example 100 Prepared by Method LXI

Example 100 was obtained in 86% yield as a dihydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.77 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J=7.8 Hz,2H), 7.64 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.49(t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.50 (m, 2H),3.27-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.76 (tt, J=7.6Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.6 Hz,3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₈H₃₅N₆O₂: 487.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 487.1 (M+H⁺)and 244.2 ((M+2H⁺)/2).

Example 101 Prepared by Method LXV

Example 101 was obtained in 23% yield as a monohydrochloride salt. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.74 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.50 (m, 6H),5.54 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.41 (m, 2H),3.38-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.69 (tt, J=7.6Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.6 Hz,3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₈H₃₃N₈O₃: 501.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 503.1(M+H⁺).

Compound EA Prepared by Method I

Compound EA was made using THF at 23° C. with a 2 h reaction time.Reaction was quenched with water and chromatographed on an ISCO silicacolumn (Eluent: 0→40% B A=DCM B=MeOH/DCM 1:4). Product EA was obtainedas a free base. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.74-7.73- (d, J=5.1Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.55 (m, 2H),2.96-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.73, (m,1H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.90 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'dfor C₁₄H₁₉N₂: 215.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 215.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound EB Prepared by Method III

Compound EB was made synthesized in THF over a 100 h reaction timeframe.Crude material was carried forward without further purification, and wasobtained as a free base. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₄H₂₃N₂: 219.3 (M+H⁺).Found: 219.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound EC Prepared by Method IV

Compound EC was synthesized over a 3 h reaction timeframe and quenchedwith water. After chromatography on an ISCO silica column (Eluent: 0→40%B over 15 min; A=DCM, B=MeOH/DCM 1:4), EC was obtained as a free base.¹H NMR (DMSO-d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.26-7.12 (m, 4H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 2H),3.78-3.74 (d, J=20.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, broad, 1H),3.47-3.42 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.27-3.26 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 2H), 2.96-2.90 (m,1H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.24 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.16(t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.94-0.90 (m, 6H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₉N₂O₂:305.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 305.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound ED Prepared by Method LXVI

Compound ED was prepared using a 3.5 h reaction timeframe. The productwas chromatographed on an 12 gram ISCO silica column (Eluent: 0→30% Bramp over 5 min. A=DCM B=MeOH/DCM 1:4). ED was obtained as a free base.¹H NMR (DMSO-d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.97 (s, broad, 2H), 7.26-7.09 (m,4H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.10-4.06 (m, 6H), 3.76-3.71 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.61(s, 1H), 3.44-3.39 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (s, broad, 1H), 1.94-1.88(m, 1H), 1.70 (s, broad, 1H), 1.6-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.14 (m, 7H),0.90-0.84 (m, 9H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₆H₃₉N₆O₅: 514.6 (M+H⁺).Found: 515.3 (M+H⁺).

Example 102 Prepared by Method XIV

Example 102 was synthesized over a 2 h reaction timeframe. Example 102was obtained as a free base. ¹H NMR (DMSO d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 11.06(s, broad, 1H), 10.60 (s, broad, 1H), 10.29 (s, broad, 1H), 7.76-7.71(m, 4H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.31-4.17 (m, 4H), 4.07-4.04 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.00 (m, broad, 3H), 1.71-1.53 (m,4H), 1.36-1.16 (m, 7H), 1.13-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.80 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₄H₃₃N₆O₂: 438.6 (M+H⁺). Found: 439.3 (M+H⁺).

Compound EE Prepared by Method XXXVII

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ (ppm) 7.48-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H, J=8.1Hz), 4.62 (s, 2H), 3.67 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 1.50(s, 9H).

Compound EF Prepared by Method XXXVIII

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ (ppm) 7.14-7.03 (m, 3H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 3.71(s, 2H), 3.57 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₃H₂₃N₂O₂: 263.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 262.9 (M+H⁺).

Compound EG Prepared by Method XXXIX

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ (ppm) 7.18-7.07 (m, 3H), 4.56 (s, 2H),4.24-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.66-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.83(t, 2H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₉H₂₉N₂O₄: 349.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 349.0 (M+H⁺).

Compound EH Prepared by Method LXVI

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.30-7.06 (m, 3H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.54(s, 2H), 4.10-4.21 (m, 4H), 4.032 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.81(m, 2H), 1.69-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.28(m, 3H), 0.89-0.96 (m, 3H); LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₉H₃₉N₆O₇: 559.6(M+H⁺). Found: 559.0 (M+H⁺).

Example 103 Prepared by Method XL

Example 103 was made according to Method XL. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ(ppm) 7.26-7.22 (m, 3H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 4H), 4.05 (s, 2H),3.50 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.78-1.70 (m, 2H),1.49-1.42 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₀H₂₇N₆O₂: 383.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 383.1 (M+H⁺).

Example 104 Prepared by Method XLI

Example 104 was made according to Method XLI. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ(ppm) 7.32-7.24 (m, 3H), 4.58-4.56 (m, 2H), 4.38 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H),4.26-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.10 (m, 2H),1.80-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.39 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₂H₃₁N₆O₂: 411.5 (M+H⁺). Found: 411.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 105 Prepared by Method XLVIII

Example 105 was made according to Method XLVIII. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz): δ (ppm) 7.29-7.26 (m, 3H), 4.46-4.35 (m, 4H), 4.02 (s, 2H),3.76-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.21 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.44 (m,8H), 0.96 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₃H₃₃N₆O₂: 425.5(M+H⁺). Found: 425.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 106 Prepared by Method XLVIII

Example 106 was made according to Method XLVIII. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz): δ (ppm) 7.30-7.26 (m, 3H), 4.67-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.37 (m, 3H),4.04-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.20 (m,4H), 1.76-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.24-1.20 (m, 1H), 0.99-0.94(m, 3H), 0.82 (t, J=6 Hz, 2H), 0.45 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₃N₆O₂: 437.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 437.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLIX Compound FB

2-(Piperidin-4-yl)-ethanol, (520 mg, 4 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrousDMF (8 mL) and to this was added K₂CO₃ and the mixture was stirred underN₂ in an ice bath. To this was added benzyl chloroformate (623 μL, 4.4mmol) dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature andthen stirred for additional 90 minutes. The reaction was diluted withEtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followed with saturatedNaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified withsilica gel chromatography (20-80% EtOAc in hexanes) to give Compound FB(0.99 g, 3.76 mmol). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.36 (m, 5H), 5.13(s, 2H), 4.18 (bs, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.52 (m, 5H),1.27-1.18 (m, 3H).

Method XLX Compound FC

Compound FB (989 mg, 3.76 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (12 mL)and stirred under N₂ at 5° C. Triethylamine (1.3 mL, 9.4 mmol) was addedfollowed by sulfur trioxide pyridine complex (1.5 g, 9.4 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at 0-5° C. for 90 minutes. Ice and EtOAc were addedto the reaction, followed by stirring for several minutes. The organiclayer was collected and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followedwith saturated NaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil wasdissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (10 mL) and NMP (3 mL). To this wasadded glycine methyl ester hydrochloric salt (708 mg, 5.64 mmol)followed by stirring for 15 minutes. NaBH(OAc)₃ (1.59 g, 7.52 mmol) wasadded and the reaction was stirred for 16 hours. Then MeOH was added andthe mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The reaction was diluted withEtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) (2×) followed with saturatedNaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered,and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified withsilica gel chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to give Compound FC(142 mg, 0.43 mmol).

Method XLXI Compound FD

4,6-dichloro-5-nitro-2-methylthiopyrimidine (124 mg, 0.468 mmol) wasdissolved in anhydrous THF (5 mL) and stirred under N₂(g) in an icebath. A solution of 7 N NH₃ in MeOH (73 μL, 0.51 mmol) in THF (500 μL)was added dropwise over 2-3 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 60minutes. Additional 7 N NH₃ in MeOH solution (73 μL, 0.51 mmol) wasadded and the mixture was stirred for an additional 60 minutes. Asolution of FC (142 mg, 0.42 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.5 mL) was addedto the reaction. The DIPEA (89 μL, 0.51 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was then stirred for 16 hours at room temperature, diluted withEtOAc, and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) solution (2×) followed withsaturated NaCl(aq). Ther organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified withsilica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give Compound FD(150 mg, 0.29 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.36 (m, 5H),5.13 (s, 2H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.76 (m, 2H),2.42 (s, 3H), 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.20 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₃H₃₁N₆O₆S: 519.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 519.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXII Compound FE

Compound FD (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile(10 mL) and stirred under N₂(g) in an ice bath. Aqueous 32% peraceticacid solution (244 μL, 1.16 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirredfor 2 hours. Saturated Na₂S₂O₃(aq) solution was added and the mixturewas stirred for 5 minutes. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. Theorganic extract was then washed with NaHCO₃(aq) solution followed withsaturated NaCl(aq), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was added to n-BuOH (5mL) and TFA (90 μL, 1.16 mmol) and then stirred at 100° C. for 2-3hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved inEtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) solution (2×) followed withsaturated NaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified withsilica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give Compound FE(108 mg, 0.20 mmol). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): □ 7.36 (m, 5H), 5.13 (s,2H), 4.22-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 1.71(m, 6H), 1.45 (m, 3H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₆H₃₇N₆O₇: 545.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 545.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXIII Example 107

Compound FE (108 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and MeOH (15mL). To this was added 10% Pd/C and the reaction was stirred under 1atmosphere H₂(g) for 16 hours. The reaction was filtered reactionthrough Celite. Concentration under reduced pressure gave Example 107(60 mg, 0.17 mmol). ¹H NMR: (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 5.15 (s, 2H), 3.97(t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.05(m, 13H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₇H₂₉N₆O₂:349.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 349.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXIV Example 108

Example 107 (20 mg, 0.057 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL).To this was added diisopropylethylamine, DIPEA, (15 μL, 0.086 mmol) andbenzyl bromide (8 μL, 0.068 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16hours. Reaction was directly purified with Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini5u O₁₈ column and eluted with a linear gradient of 5-100% Acetonitrilecontaining 0.1% TFA to give Example 108 (11.2 mg, 0.025 mmol). ¹H NMR:(CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 7.50 (s, 5H), 4.42 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s,2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m,2H), 1.80-1.46 (m, 9H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₄H₃₅N₆O₂: 439.3 (M+H⁺). Found: 439.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXV Compound FG

Starting with (2-methylpyridine-5-yl)-methanol (5.07 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (50.0mL), 4 equivs of SOCl₂ (12.0 mL) were added at 23° C. The mixture wasallowed to stir overnight and was then concentrated in vacuo, givingCompound FG as a monohydrochloride salt, which was used withoutpurification. ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J=6.9Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 2.1 (s, 3H).

Method XLXVI Compound FH

Ethyl glycinate hydrochloride (113 mg) was slurried in DMF (3.0 mL) withK₂CO₃ (270 mg) and the crude pyridinyl chloride (FG) (110 mg). Themixture was heated to 40° C. and allowed to stir overnight. The reactionwas quenched by the addition of water and was diluted with EtOAc. Themixture was washed with a 5% solution of LiCl (3×5 ml) to remove DMF,followed by a brine wash, and the organic extracts were dried withsodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography on silica usingCH₂Cl₂ and 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ as eluent gave rise to the desired pyridylaminoester product (55 mg). ¹H NMR: (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 8.42 (s, 1H),7.71-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.12-4.05 (m,2H), 3.73 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₁H₁₇N₂O₂: 208.26 (M+H⁺). Found: 208.9 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXVII Compound FJ

4,6-dichloro-5-nitro-2-methylmercaptopurine (1.0715 g, 4.502 mmol) wasdissolved in 25 mL THF and cooled to 0° C. NH₃/MeOH was added (3.5Equiv) and the mixture was allowed to stir cold for 1 h. Aminoester(1.22 g, 4.37 mmol) was then added dropwise as a solution in 10 mL THFover 10-15 minutes, and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm toroom temperature. After 3 h, the reaction was quenched with the additionof water, diluted with EtOAc and the pH was adjusted to 8 using solidK₂CO₃. The mixture was washed with water, washed with brine then driedwith sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product wasthen chromatographed on silica with a CH₂Cl₂ and 20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂gradient over 10-15 column volumes. Sometimes mixtures of6-chloropyrimidine and 6-aminopyrimidine products are obtained (1.02 g)and are sequentially treated with excess NH₃ in MeOH in THF over 45minutes at room temperature and rechromatographed as above to give pure6-aminopyrimidine product (716 mg). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₆H₂₁N₆O₄S:392.43 (M+H⁺). Found: 393.0 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXVIII Compound FK

To a solution a suspension of the sulfide FJ (3.68 g, 8.00 mmol) in EtOH(40 mL) at 0° C. was added sodium tungstate dihydrate (792 mg, 2.40mmol), acetic acid (4.6 mL, 80 mmol), and hydrogen peroxide (3.4 mL, ˜40mmol, 35% w/w in H₂O) sequentially. After 3 h, additional acetic acid(4.6 mL) and hydrogen peroxide (3.4 mL) were added. The reaction wasmaintained at 0° C. for 16 h. A saturated solution of Na₂SO₃ (50 mL) wasadded carefully while at 0° C. followed by CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL). The layerswere separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (4×50mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated under vacuum to give FK which was used without furtherpurification. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for sulfoxide C₁₆H₂₀N₆O₅S: 408.43(M+H⁺). Found: 409.0 (M+H⁺). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for sulfone C₁₆H₂₁N₆O₆S:424.43 (M+H⁺). Found: 425.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXIX Compound FL

To a solution of sulfone FK (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol) in racemic 2-pentanol (10mL) was added TFA (470 μL, 6.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 100°C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto a saturated solution ofNaHCO₃ (20 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). The layers were separated, and theaqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL). The combined organiclayers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum.Purification was conducted by silica gel chromatography (1 gsubstrate/10 g SiO₂) (2-15% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₀H₂₉N₆O₅: 432.47 (M−1-H⁺). Found: 433.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXX Example 109

To a solution of nitro compound (730 mg, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded a Raney Nickel (˜200 μL, slurry in H₂O). The reaction vessel wasflushed with H₂ and then stirred under an H₂ atmosphere for 1.5 h. Themixture was filtered through celite with CH₂Cl₂ and MeOH (1:1). Thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum and left on lyophilizerovernight. The title product was obtained as a free base. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 9.66 (s, broad, 0.78H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (s, broad, 1.5H), 5.60-5.56(m, broad, 0.78H), 4.96-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 2.42(s, 3H), 1.53-1.04 (m, 7H), 0.83 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₁₈H₂₅N₆O₂: 356.42 (M+H⁺). Found: 356.9 (M+H⁺).

¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.94(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₇H₆ClF₃N 195.57(M+H⁺). Found: for ³⁵Cl 195.9 (M+H⁺) and ³⁷Cl 197.9 (M+H⁺).

¹⁹F NMR (DMSO-d₆, 282 MHz): δ −66.69. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz): 8.69(s, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, 2H),3.85 (s, 2H), 2.82 (bs, 1H), 1.15-1.19 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₁H₁₃F₃N₂O₂ 262.23 (M+H⁺). found: 262.9 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXXI Compound FM

Compound FT (6.5 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and to thiswas added BM (9.6 mg, 0.025 mmol). Then triethylamine (10 μL, 0.075mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12 hours. The mixturewas added to EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO₃(aq) solutionfollowed with saturated NaCl(aq). The organic extract was dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theproduct was then purified with Prep HPLC Phenomenex Gemini 5u C₁₈ columnand eluted with a linear gradient of 25-100% Acetonitrile containing0.1% TFA. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₉H₂₄F₃N₆O₆: 472.42 (M+H⁺). Found:473.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound FAB Prepared by Method XLXXI

Compound FAB was made from commercialN-[3-(tert-butoxylcarbonylamino)propyl]glycine ethyl ester according toMethod XLXXI. To a stirred solution of tosylate (BM) (648.6 mg) in 30 mLof THF was added N-[3-(tert-butoxylcarbonylamino)propyl]glycine ethylester (475 mg), and resulting solution became yellow within seconds.Et₃N (500 μL) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir overnight at23° C. After quenching with water, the mixture was diluted 100% withEtOAc and partitioned with saturated brine solution. The organic layerwas collected, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo.After chromatography on silica gel (Eluent: DCM MeOH/DCM 1:4) pure FABwas obtained as a free base (852 mg) in 98% yield. ¹H NMR (DMSO d⁶, 300MHz): δ (ppm): 7.98 (s, broad, 2H); 6.79 (m, broad, 1H); 4.18-4.06 (m,6H); 3.29 (m, 2H); 2.93-2.85 (m, 2H); 1.79-1.70 (m, 2H); 1.66-1.57 (m,2H); 1.42-1.32 (m, 11H); 1.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); 0.90 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₀H₃₅N₆O₇: 471.52 (M+H⁺). Found: 471.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXXII Compound FO

Substrate FAB (400 mg) was dissolved in DCM (25 mL) and cooled to 0° C.TFA (2 mL) was added. After an hour at 0° C., the reactions progress wasobserved to be sluggish; More TFA (1 mL) was added and the mixturecontinued to stir in the cold bath without any additional ice beingadded. At 2 h, the temperature was observed to be 6.8° C., and themixture was observed to be 60:40 (product:starting material). The coldbath was removed and the mixture was allowed to gradually warm to 23° C.After ˜7.5 h, reaction had progressed to 95% complete according to HPLC.Water was added and the mixture allowed to stir at 23° C. overnight.Mixture was neutralized to pH=8 with saturated NaHCO₃, and extractedwith EtOAc. The organic phase was dried with sodium sulfate andconcentrated to a syrup. Crude material was not purified. LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₅H₂₇N₆O₅: 371.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 371.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXXIII Compound FP

Compound FO (free base form) (200 mg) was dissolved in EtOH and treatedwith benzaldehyde (65 μL), DIPEA (100 μL), and 1 drop of HOAc so thatthe mixture was at approximately pH=5.8. After a few minutes ofstirring, NaHB(OAc)₃ (344 mg, 3 equiv based on pure FO) was added, andthe mixture stirred at 23° C. overnight. After dilution with one volumeof EtOAc relative to EtOH used previously, the mixture was washed withwater, followed by saturated brine. The organic phase was dried withsodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Flashchromatography consistently gave rise to mixtures of unreacted startingmaterial, desired product and a double reductive amination product.Thus, multiple runs of gravity column chromatography on silica gel using5% MeOH in DCM were needed to obtain small amounts of purified desiredproduct FP as a free base (77.1 mg). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₂H₃₂N₆O₅:461.53 (M+H⁺). Found: 461.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXXIV Compound FQ

To stirred solution of the benzyl amine FP (47 mg) in DMF (3 mL) wasadded 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (21 mg) followed by HATU(51.3 mg). The mixture was stirred for a few minutes. DIPEA (100 μL) wasthen added and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 23° C. After45 minutes, the starting material was observed to be consumed accordingto HPLC analysis, and the reaction was quenched with water and dilutedwith EtOAc (30 mL). The mixture was washed with 5% w/v aq. LiCl (3×20mL) then washed with saturated brine. The organic phase was dried withsodium sulfate and filtered. After concentrating in vacuo the crudeproduct was chromatographed on an ISCO silica gel column (Eluent: 0→20%B ramp over 20 minutes: A=DCM and solvent B=MeOH/DCM 1:4) to give riseto desired product FQ (60 mg) as a free base. ¹H NMR (MeOH-d⁴, 300 MHz):δ (ppm) 7.36-7.23 (m, 5H); 4.71-4.36 (m, 2H); 4.28-4.10 (m, 6H); 4.01(s, 1H); 3.50-3.47 (m, 2H); 3.38-3.17 (m, 4H); 2.59 (app. s, broad, 8H);2.43-2.36 (m, 3H); 2.10-1.78 (m, 2H); 1.69 (m, broad, 2H), 1.48-1.38 (m,broad, 2H), 1.31-1.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.99-0.93 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₉H₄₅N₈O₆: 601.71 (M+H⁺). Found: 602.3 (M+H⁺).

Example 110 was prepared according to Method XLXX. Prep HPLC wasutilized to isolate desired Example 110 as a free base (Eluent:CH₃CN/H₂O gradient). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 9.64-9.62 (d,broad, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.64 (m, broad, 1H), 7.36-7.15 (m, 5H); 6.12(s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 1H); 4.51 (d, J=49.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04-3.87 (m, 4H),3.50-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 2.37-2.27, (d, broad, J=30.3 Hz, 8H),2.13 (s, 3H); 1.85 (m, 2H); 1.75-1.50 (m, broad, 4H), 1.36-1.14 (m, 2H),0.89-0.80 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₇H₄₁N₈O₃: 525.74(M+H⁺). Found: 525.3 (M+H⁺).

The sulfoxide/sulfone mixture (FK) was advanced with Method XLXIX usingto install the (S)-(+)-2-pentanol side chain. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₁₉H₂₇N₆O₅: 418.45 (M+H⁺). Found: 419.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXX was used to produce the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.67 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dJ=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (s, broad, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.10-4.06 (m, 2H),3.83 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.30 (m, 2H), 0.88(t, J=7 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₇H₂₃N₆O₂: 342.4 (M+H⁺). Found:343.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXXV Example 112

A solution of Example 111 (10.0 mg) in DMSO (2.9 mL) was treated withH₂O (750 μL) followed by MnO₂ (85%, activated, from Sigma Aldrich) (126mg) at 23° C. After 5 h, the reaction was filtered through a 0.45 micronTeflon filter cartridge. The filtrate was directly loaded onto aTeledyne Isco ‘gold’ 5.5 gram column and flashed (Eluent: 0.05% w/v aq.HCl/CH₃CN 95:5→0:100), giving Example 112 (4.7 mg, 41% yield) as a whitesolid in monohydrochloride form. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 8.80(s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (s, 2H),4.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 1.73 (tt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H),1.46 (qt, J=7.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₇H₂₁N₆O₃: 357.2 (M+H⁺). Found: 357.2 (M+H⁺).

Example 113 Prepared by Method XLXIV

Example 113 was prepared according to Method XLXIV: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz): δ 4.45 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.02 (m,4H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.49 (m, 9H), 1.06 (m, 1H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H), 0.78 (m, 2H), 0.44 (m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₁H₃₅N₆O₂: 403.3(M+H⁺). Found: 403.2 (M+H⁺).

Compound FU

The sulfoxide/sulfone mixture (FK) was advanced with Method XLXIX usingtetrahydrofurfurol to install the tetrahydrofurfuryl side chain.LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₆: 446.46 (M+H⁺). Found: 447.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXX was used to produce the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.63 (s, broad, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d,J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.24-3.96 (m, 3H), 3.83 (s,2H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.72 (m,3H), 1.62-1.48 (m, 1H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₃N₆O₃: 370.41 (M+H⁺).Found: 371.0 (M+H⁺).

The sulfoxide/sulfone mixture (FK) was advanced with Method XLXIX usingtetrahydrofuran-3-methanol to install the alkoxy side chain. LCMS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₆: 446.46 (M+H⁺). Found: 447.1 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXX was used to produce the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.69 (s, broad, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.19-7.22 (d J=7.5, 1H), 6.25 (s, broad, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.1-3.95 (m,4H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.75-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.43 (m,2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, broad,1H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₈H₂₃N₆O₃: 370.41 (M+H⁺). Found: 371.0(M+H⁺).

Starting from the sulfone/sulfoxide mixture (FK), Method XLXX was usedto install the chiral 2-pentoxy side chain. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd forC₂₀H₂₇N₆O₆: 432.47 (M+H⁺). Found: 433.2 (M+H⁺).

Method XLXX was used to produce the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d,J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (s, broad, 2H), 4.94-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H),3.83 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.58-1.07 (m, 7H), 0.84 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).calc'd for C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₆: 356.42 (M+H⁺). Found: 357.1 (M+H⁺).

The final compound was synthesized using Method XLXX. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆,300 MHz): δ 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.98 (s, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (s, broad, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.00 (m, 5H),1.54-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.22 (m, 4H), 0.84-0.86 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H).LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₇H₂₀F₃N₆O₂: 396.37 (M+H⁺). Found: 397.1 (M+H⁺).

Compound FY Prepared by Method XLXVII

Compound FY was prepared from FT and isolated as a free base. ¹H NMR(DMSO d⁶, 300 MHz): δ (ppm) 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53-8.41 (d, broad, J=38.1Hz, 1H); 8.22 (s, broad, 2H), 8.04-8.01 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.76 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 2H); 2.27 (s,3H), 1.19-1.15 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₆H₁₈F₃N₆O₄S:447.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 446.9 (M+H⁺).

Compound FZ Prepared by Method XLXVIII

Compound FZ was prepared from FY according to Method XLXVIII. MS-ESI⁺:calc'd for C₁₆H₁₈F₃N₆O₆S: 478.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 478.9 (M+H⁺).

The sulfoxide/sulfone mixture (FZ) was advanced with Method XLXIX usingtetrahydropyran-4-methanol to install the alkoxy side chain of CompoundFAA. LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₂₀H₂₇N₆O₆: 446.46 (M+H⁺). Found: 447.1(M+H⁺).

Method XLXX was used to produce the final product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300MHz): δ 9.73 (s, broad, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00-7.82 (m, 2H),6.27 (s, 2H), 5.73 (s, broad, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s,2H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.16 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.26-1.08(m, 2H). LCMS-ESI⁺: calc'd for C₁₉H₂₂F₃N₆O₃: 438.4 (M+H⁺). Found: 439.0(M+H⁺).

PROPHETIC EXAMPLES

As with the examples herein described, the following compounds may beprepared using analogous synthetic methods:

General Scheme Pyrimidinodiazepinone Derivatives

PROPHETIC EXAMPLES

The following compounds may be prepared using analogous syntheticmethods:

BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES PBMC Assay Protocol

Assays were conducted to determine cytokine stimulation at 24 hours fromhuman Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell (PMBC) using the compounds ofthe present invention. The assays were run in duplicate, with 8-point,half-log dilution curves. The compounds of the present invention werediluted from 10 mM DMSO solution. Cell supernatants are assayed directlyfor IFNα and 1:10 dilution for TNFα. The assays were performed in asimilar fashion as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 16, 4559,(2006). Specifically, cryo-preserved PBMCs were thawed and seeded 96well plates with 750,000 cells/well in 190 μL/well cell media. The PBMCswere then incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. at 5% CO2. Then, the compoundsof the present invention were added in 10 μL cell media at 8 point,half-log dilution titration. The plates were incubated at 37° C. and 5%CO2 for 24 hours and then spinned at 1200 rpm for 10 min, which wasfollowed by collecting supernatant and storing the same at −80° C.Cytokine secretion was assayed with Luminex and Upstate multi-plex kits,using a Luminex analysis instrument. The IFN-α MEC value for a compoundwas the lowest concentration at which the compound stimulated IFN-αproduction at least 3-fold over the background as determined using theassay method above.

The compounds of the present invention have IFN-α MEC values (μM) in therange of >0.03 μM or ≦0.03 μM. In one embodiment, the compounds of thepresent invention have IFN MEC values of ≦0.01 μM. Table 1 shows IFN MECvalues for the compounds disclosed in Examples 1-118 of the presentapplication.

TABLE 1 Example IFN MEC 1 >0.03 2 ≦0.03 3 >0.03 4 ≦0.03 5 >0.03 6 >0.037 >0.03 8 >0.03 9 ≦0.03 10 >0.03 11 >0.03 12 >0.03 13 >0.03 14 >0.0315 >0.03 16 >0.03 17 >0.03 18 >0.03 19 >0.03 20 >0.03 21 ≦0.03 22 >0.0323 >0.03 24 ≦0.03 25 ≦0.03 26 >0.03 27 >0.03 28 >0.03 29 >0.03 30 ≦0.0331 ≦0.03 32 >0.03 33 >0.03 34 >0.03 35 >0.03 36 >0.03 37 ≦0.03 38 ≦0.0339 ≦0.03 40 ≦0.03 41 ≦0.03 42 >0.03 43 ≦0.03 44 >0.03 45 >0.03 46 >0.0347 >0.03 48 ≦0.03 49 ≦0.03 50 >0.03 51 ≦0.03 52 ≦0.03 53 >0.03 54 >0.0355 ≦0.03 56 ≦0.03 57 >0.03 58 >0.03 59 ≦0.03 60 >0.03 61 ≦0.03 62 >0.0363 >0.03 64 >0.03 65 ≦0.03 66 >0.03 67 >0.03 68 ≦0.03 69 >0.03 70 ≦0.0371 ≦0.03 72 ≦0.03 73 >0.03 74 >0.03 75 >0.03 76 >0.03 77 >0.03 78 >0.0379 ≦0.03 80 >0.03 81 >0.03 82 ≦0.03 83 ≦0.03 84 ≦0.03 85 >0.03 86 ≦0.0387 ≦0.03 88 ≦0.03 89 ≦0.03 90 >0.03 91 >0.03 92 >0.03 93 ≦0.03 94 ≦0.0395 ≦0.03 96 ≦0.03 97 ≦0.03 98 ≦0.03 99 ≦0.03 100 ≦0.03 101 >0.03 102≦0.03 103 ≦0.03 104 ≦0.03 105 ≦0.03 106 >0.03 108 >0.03 109 >0.03 110≦0.03 111 >0.03 112 >0.03 113 ≦0.03 114 >0.03 115 >0.03 116 >0.03117 >0.03 118 >0.03

The specific pharmacological responses observed may vary according toand depending on the particular active compound selected or whetherthere are present pharmaceutical carriers, as well as the type offormulation and mode of administration employed, and such expectedvariations or differences in the results are contemplated in accordancewith practice of the present invention.

Suppression of HCV replicons by exudates of primary leukocytes treatedwith these compounds can then be measured by the procedure of Thomas, etal. (Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2007, 51, 2969-2978), which is hereinincorporated by reference. Alternatively, the effectiveness of thesecompounds for suppressing HCV replicons in the presence of PBMCs andpDCs can be determined by the procedure of Goldchild, et al. (J. Biomol.Screen. 2009, 14, 723-730), which is herein incorporated by reference.

The compounds of Formula Ia, II, or IIa may also be tested for theirability to induce expression of immunomodulatory cytokines Cynomolgusmonkeys (Example B3), mice (Example B4) and healthy woodchucks (ExampleB5). Moreover, as described in Example B6, the compounds of Formula Ia,II, or IIa may also be tested for their ability to cause seroconversionagainst Woodchuck Hepatitis Virus (WHV) in chronically infected EasternWoodchucks (Marmota monax) which is an art-recognized model system forHBV infection in human beings (see, e.g., Tennant, B. C., Animal modelsof hepatitis B virus infection, Clin. Liver Dis. 3:241-266 (1999);Menne, S., and P. J. Cote, The woodchuck as an animal model forpathogenesis and therapy of chronic hepatitis B virus infection, WorldJ. Gastroenterol. 13:104-124 (2007); and Korba B E, et al., Treatment ofchronic WHV infection in the Eastern woodchuck (M. monax) withnucleoside analogues is predictive of therapy for chronic hepatitis Bvirus infection in man, Hepatology, 31: 1165-1175 (2000)).

Example B3 Induction of Interferon Alpha by Compounds in CynomolgusMonkeys

A dose of a compound of Formula II is administered orally or iv tocynomolgus monkeys (3 or more animals per dose group) and serum iscollected at 4 hours and 8 hours after dosing. Serum samples areanalyzed for levels of interferon-alpha by ELISA. Prior to dosing, seruminterferon-alpha levels are usually near or below the level of detectionin each animal. The limit of quantitation (LOQ) for IFN-α based oncynomolgus monkey IFN-α standard is about 625 μg/mL.

Additionally, multiple doses of a compound may be administered toCynomolgus monkeys, and the concentrations of interferon alpha weremeasured.

Example B4 Induction of Cytokines by Compounds in Mice

A compound of Formula II may be dosed once or more per day for 14 daysusually by oral gavage, at 0.5 mg/kg or 2.5 mg/kg, in CD-1 mice. Mouseserum samples are collected at day 1 and day 14, and serum cytokinelevels are determined using the following method. Samples are thawed onice and diluted 2 fold in assay diluent. The assay for interferon-α isdone by ELISA (VeriKine™ Mouse Interferon Alpha (Mu-IFN-α) ELISA Kit,Product Number: 42100-1, PBL Biomedical Laboratories, New Brunswick,N.J.) and the other serum cytokines are assayed with Luminex andMilliplex bead kits. Cytokine levels are determined using a nonlinearfive point parameter curve for interpolation of data using thefit=(A+((B−A)/(1+(((B−E)/(E−A))*((x/C)^D))))).

Example B5 Induction of Cytokines by Compounds in Healthy Woodchucks

A compound of Formula II may be administered orally to adult,WHV-negative woodchucks at one or more different doses. Three malewoodchucks receive a compound of Formula II at about 0.1 to about 0.05mg/kg and three other male woodchucks at higher doses. Whole bloodsamples (4 mls) are collected from each woodchuck prior to dosing at T0,and then at 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours post-dose using EDTA-containingcollection tubes.

The induction of an immune response in woodchucks followingadministration of a compound are determined by measuring the mRNAexpression of cytokines and interferon-inducible genes in whole bloodsamples collected at different time points. Total RNA is isolated usingthe QIAamp RNA Blood Mini Kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer'sspecifications. RNA is eluted into 40 μl nuclease-free water and storedat −70° C. The concentration of RNA is determined spectrophotometricallyat OD 260 nm. Two μg of RNA are treated with DNase I (Invitrogen) andreverse transcribed to cDNA with MultiScribe Reverse Transcriptase(Applied Biosystems) using random hexamers. Triplicates of 2 μl cDNAwere amplified by real time PCR on an ABI PRISM 7000 Sequence Detectioninstrument (Applied Biosystems) using SYBR GREEN Master Mix (AppliedBiosystems) and woodchuck-specific primers. Amplified target genesinclude IFN-α, IFN-γ, TNF-α, IL-2, IL-6, IL-10 IL-12, 2′5′-OAS, IDO, andMxA. Woodchuck β-actin mRNA expression is used to normalize target geneexpression. Transcription levels of woodchuck cytokines andinterferon-inducible genes are represented by the formula 2ΔCt, whereΔCt indicates the difference in the threshold cycle between β-actin andtarget gene expression. Results may be further represented as afold-change from the transcription level at T0.

Example B6 Seroconversion in Woodchucks Chronically Infected withWoodchuck Hepatitis Virus (WHV)

A compound of Formula II or placebo is administered orally to fivewoodchucks per group that are chronic carriers of woodchuck hepatitisvirus (WHV). The compound may be administered at a dose of about 1 toabout 0.5 mg/kg/day for 28 days. Blood samples are collected prior todosing and multiple times during and after the 28 day dosing period.Antiviral activity of the compound is assessed by comparing the serumWHV DNA of treated WHV carrier woodchucks with control WHV carrierwoodchucks receiving vehicle. The ability of the compound to causeseroconversion in chronically infected animals is assessed by comparingthe serum antibody levels against the woodchuck hepatitis virus surfaceantigen (anti-WHsAg) in infected animals to the anti-WHsAg antibodylevels in placebo treated animals.

The woodchucks used in this study are born to WHV-negative females andreared in environmentally controlled laboratory animal facilities.Woodchucks are inoculated at 3 days of age with 5 million woodchuckinfectious doses of a standardized WHV inoculum (cWHV7P1 or WHV7P2).Woodchucks selected for use develope WHV surface antigen (WHsAg) serumantigenemia and became chronic WHV carriers. The chronic carrier statusof these woodchucks is confirmed prior to initiation of drug treatment.

Serum WHV DNA concentrations are measured before treatment, duringtreatment, and during the post-treatment follow-up period at frequentintervals. WHV viremia in serum samples is assessed by dot blothybridization using three replicate volumes (10 μl) of undiluted serum(sensitivity, 1.0×10⁷ WHV genome equivalents per ml [WHVge/ml]) comparedwith a standard dilution series of WHV recombinant DNA plasmid (pWHV8).

Levels of Woodchuck Hepatitis Virus surface antigen (WHsAg) andantibodies to WHsAg (anti-WHs) are determined before treatment, duringtreatment, and during the post-treatment follow-up period at frequentintervals, using WHV-specific enzyme immunoassays.

Antiviral activity of a compound of Formula II is assessed by comparingthe serum WHV DNA and the hepatic WHV nucleic acids of treated WHVcarrier woodchucks with control WHV carrier woodchucks receivingvehicle.

Immune stimulatory activity of a compound required to causeseroconversion is assessed by comparing the serum levels of WHsAg andantibodies to WHsAg (anti-WHsAg).

Although specific embodiments of the present invention are hereinillustrated and described in detail, the invention is not limitedthereto. The above detailed descriptions are provided as exemplary ofthe present invention and should not be construed as constituting anylimitation of the invention. Modifications will be obvious to thoseskilled in the art, and all modifications that do not depart from thespirit of the invention are intended to be included with the scope ofthe appended claims.

We claim:
 1. A compound of Formula II:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomeric enol thereof,wherein: Y—Z is —CR⁴R⁵—; L¹ is —NR⁸—, —O—, —N(R⁸)C(O)—, or a covalentbond; R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, C₁-C₆ substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms (selectedfrom N, O, or S), -cyclopropyl, substituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,substituted cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, substituted cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, substituted cyclohexyl, bicyclo[3.1.0]cyclohexyl,tetrahydropyranyl, substituted tetrahydropyranyl, furanyl, substitutedfuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, or substituted pyrrolidinyl; X¹ is alkylene,substituted alkylene, heteroalkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, or abond; D is phenylene, biphenylene, or pyridinyl, wherein said phenylene,biphenylene, or pyridinyl is substituted with one or two -L²-NR⁶R⁷; eachL² is independently alkylene, substituted alkylene, heteroalkylene,substituted heteroalkylene, or a covalent bond; each R³ is independentlyhalogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino,alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, —CHO, —C(O)OR⁸, —S(O)R⁸, —S(O)₂R⁸;—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, —N(R⁹)C(O)R⁸, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,substituted alkynyl, —S(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰, —N(R⁹)S(O)₂R⁸, —N(R⁹)S(O)₂OR¹⁰, or—OS(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R⁴ and R⁵ taken together withthe carbon to which they are attached is —C(O)—; R⁶ and R⁷ are eachindependently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl,alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms (selectedfrom N, O, or S), C(O)H, —C(O)R⁸, —S(O)R⁸, —S(O)₂R⁸, —C(O)OR⁸, or—C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰, S(O)₂NR⁹R¹⁰; or R⁶ and R⁷, taken together with the nitrogento which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstitutedheterocycle, which may contain one or more additional heteroatomsselected from N, O, P, or S; or R⁷ taken together with L², and the N towhich they are both attached, forms a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to8 membered heterocycle which may contain one or more additionalheteroatoms selected from N, O, S, or P; R⁸ is H, alkyl, substitutedalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl, or C₁-C₆ substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl containingone or more heteroatoms (selected from N, O, or S); and R⁹ and R¹⁰ areeach independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkyl containing one or more heteroatoms (selectedfrom N, O, or S); wherein each substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl,substituted alkynyl, substituted cyclopropyl, substituted cyclobutyl,substituted cyclopentyl, substituted cyclohexyl, substitutedtetrahydropyranyl, substituted furanyl, or substituted pyrrolidinyl,substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substitutedalkenylene, substituted alkynylene is independently substituted with oneto four substituents selected from the group consisting of -halogen, —R,—O⁻, ═OR, —SR, —S⁻, —NR₂, —N(+)R₃, ═NR, —C(halogen)₃, —CR(halogen)₂,—CR₂(halogen), —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N═C═O, —NCS, —NO, —NO₂, ═N₂, —N₃,—NRC(═O)R, —NRC(═O)OR, —NRC(═O)NRR, —C(═O)NRR, —C(═O)OR, —OC(═O)NRR,—OC(═O)OR, —C(═O)R, —S(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂R, —OS(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂NR, —S(═O)R,—NRS(═O)₂R, —NRS(═O)₂NRR, —NRS(═O)₂OR, —OP(═O)(OR)₂, —P(═O)(OR)₂,—P(O)(OR)(O)R, —C(═O)R, —C(═S)R, —C(═O)OR, —C(═S)OR, —C(═O)SR, —C(═S)SR,—C(═O)NRR, —C(═S)NRR, —C(═NR)NRR, and —NRC(═NR)NRR; wherein each R isindependently H or alkyl.
 2. The compound of claim 1 wherein L¹ is —NH—or —O—.
 3. The compound of claim 2 wherein X¹ is C₁-C₆alkylene, C₁-C₆heteroalkylene or C₁-C₆ substituted heteroalkylene.
 4. The compound ofclaim 3 wherein L¹ is —O—.
 5. The compound of claim 4 wherein L² isC₁-C₆ alkylene or a covalent bond.
 6. The compound of claim 5 wherein X¹is —CH₂—.
 7. The compound of claim 6 wherein R⁶ and R⁷ independently areH, alkyl, C₁-C₆ substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl containing oneor more heteroatoms (selected from N, O, or S), or, together with thenitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a substituted orunsubstituted pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine.
 8. The compound ofclaim 7 wherein R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which theyare attached form a 4- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic, saturated,partially saturated, or unsaturated ring containing from 0 to 3additional heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S.
 9. The compound ofclaim 8 wherein L² is —CH₂—.
 10. The compound of claim 4 wherein D ispyridinyl.
 11. The compound of claim 9 wherein D is optionallysubstituted pyridinyl, optionally substituted piperidinyl, optionallysubstituted piperazinyl or optionally substituted1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.
 12. A compound represented by FormulaIa:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomeric enols thereof,wherein: L¹ is —NH— or —O—; R¹ is alkyl, substituted alkyl, C₁-C₆substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl containing one or moreheteroatoms (selected from N, O, or S), cyclopropyl, substitutedcyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, substituted cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, substituted cyclohexyl,bicyclo[3.1.0]cyclohexyl, tetrahydropyranyl, substitutedtetrahydropyranyl, furanyl, substituted furanyl, pyrrolidinyl, orsubstituted pyrrolidinyl; R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon towhich they are attached is —C(O)—; X¹ is C₁-C₆ alkylene, C₁-C₆heteroalkylene or C₁-C₆ substituted heteroalkylene; D is phenyl,biphenyl or pyridinyl, wherein said phenyl, biphenyl or pyridinyl issubstituted with -L²-NR⁶R⁷; or D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinylor 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein said pyridinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl is substituted with oneor two -L²-NR⁶R⁷; or D is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl; n is 0 or 1; R³ is halogen, cyano,alkyl, haloalkyl, —C(O)OR⁸, —C(O)NR⁹R¹⁰ or —CHO; L² is C₁-C₆ alkylene ora covalent bond; each of R⁶ and R⁷ independently is H, or alkyl; or R⁶and R⁷ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forma substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycle comprising 0 to2 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S.
 13. A compound of claim 12wherein L¹ is —O—.
 14. A compound selected from the group consisting of:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 15. A pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundof claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. 16.The pharmaceutical composition of claim 15 further comprising at leastone additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting ofinterferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors,alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside ornucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitorsof HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophilininhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and otherdrugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
 17. The pharmaceuticalcomposition of claim 16 further comprising at least one additionaltherapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of lamivudine,adefovir, tenofovir, telbivudine, entecavir, interferon alpha-2b,pegylated interferon alpha-2a, interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha N1,prednisone, predinisolone, Thymalfasin, retinoic acid receptor agonists,4-methylumbelliferone, Alamifovir, Metacavir, Albuferon, cytokines andagonists of TLRs.
 18. A method for treating a Hepatitis C viralinfection comprising administering to a human subject infected withHepatitis C virus a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ofclaim
 1. 19. The method of claim 18 further comprising administering atleast one additional therapeutic agent selected from the groupconsisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 proteaseinhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants,nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase,non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors,TLR-7 agonists, cyclophilin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors,pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixturesthereof.